Home

2010 Nissan Versa Owner`s Manual

1. 5 11 Before starting the engine 2 0005 5 12 Siaring the GNGING sacgaedicneeeasee nae kakien oka 5 12 Driving the VENICle 2s eset eseesse ses sseccns ee reese 5 13 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT if SO equipped 2 ccc eee eee eee eens 5 17 Manual transmission if so equipped 5 21 Parking Drake t lt viecntacesditesedsteredeucderead 5 23 Cruise control if so equipped 00c cece eee 5 24 Precautions on cruise control 5 24 Cruise control operations 0 0 0 cee eee 5 24 Break In SCNGGUIC ci cscneducdateeccd onhaeece das 5 25 Increasing fuel GCONOMY c 0ncnsacdeneeweksed Home 5 26 Parking parking on hills cieesccnethostaeaye dacs Se 5 27 Power Steer ce cestenerycusensencesaseesee sane 5 28 Brake Sy le wed seeere chewed Enere nee tee sceued ee 5 28 Brake precautions c lt u scegicceie cdc oeeseye ress 5 28 Anti lock Braking System ABS if so equipped een tererctcomegetcmesweereceters 5 29 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system if so equipped 2 cece cece eee eens 5 30 Cold weather driving 00e eee eee eens 3532 Freeing a frozen door lock 2 5 5 32 ANI ECZO 2 doo posse eeekueeacesesee tose sone 5 32 Bae seees E lentes enue fat eee eee 5 32 Draining of coolant Waters s2ncseeeee cheese tence 5 32 Tire equipment ceeeet adevesses dexter eeeeoeces 5 3
2. Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the 4 button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system S
3. Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down 4 To close the window pull the switch up Instruments and controls 2 31 It A ea Rear power window switch LICO718 The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function 2 32 Instruments and controls of N LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically closes all the way To stop the win dow press the switch down while the window is closing Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function
4. Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters o OK Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen Audio System Navigation Traffic Info XM HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON When the SETUP button is pressed the Setup screen will appear on the display You can select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle Audio setup For audio setup refer to Audio System in this section Navigation setup Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item XM setup For XM setup refer to Audio System in this section Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 Display Clock lLanguage Touch Click l off LHA1481 System setup Select the System key to select and or adjust various functions of the system A screen with additional options will appear Brightness Very Bright Display Mode Automatic Sero Directi
5. 0000 ee ene 2 4 Speedometer 00 000 2 4 Tachometer 202500 2 5 Trip odometer a e ad ine He wd wea 2 4 General maintenance 0 8 2 Glove DOM a 4 4 4 ae amp Sat ee Be Ke 2 28 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 48 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 23 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 20 Headlight control switch 2 20 Headlights e e ss Fae atecene eae de a 8 29 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 9 Heater operation 4 va ae we ane Swe 4 11 Hood release 20000 3 23 RIONE 4 a a pees GA ng Bt wow ee ws ge 2 23 l ONION SWOR s as i e ok he a e ao aa 5 7 Immobilizer system 2 17 3 2 5 11 Important vehicle information label 9 11 lIn Cabin Microfilter lt s s s sssaaa ad a 8 20 Increasing fuel economy aooaa aa 5 26 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders aoaaa ww we ae 2 6 Inside MiIMOr s s sss as poaa ea 3 30 Instrument brightness control a aaa 2 22 Instrument panel aoaaa aaae 0 7 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 22 Intelligent Key system Key operating range aaao aa 3 12 Mechanical key 2 2 eee ees 3 4 Remote keyless entry operation 3 16 Troubleshooting guide 3 22 Warning Signals e js gto a a a Be ee Aw a wt a 3 22 iternor INE e s me aaa e a 2 35 Interior trunk lid release 3 27 iP
6. 5 Press the l button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the amp F button 8 The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will announce that speaker ad aptation has been completed and the sys tem Is ready The SA mode will stop if e Thee buttonis pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on Display screen heater air conditioner
7. LPD0349 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY Manual if so equipped To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 4 To unlock turn the key toward the rear Power if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front Q of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors SPA2169 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 WPD0381 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH if so equipped To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side
8. When no CD is loaded the radio comes on Pressing the PWR button again turns the system PRESET A B C button 7 Station select 1 6 buttons off CD eject button 8 4 CD seek track button Turn the VOL control knob to the right to increase TUNE SEEK buttons Q 44 CD rewind button volume or to the left to decrease volume CD insert slot 10 RDM button CD button 11 VOL control knob FM AM button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 MENU button BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE and CLOCK Press the MENU button to change the mode as follows BAS TRE FAD BAL CLK Audio BAS To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the MENU button until the desired mode appears in the display Press the TUNE SEEK button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE SEEK button to adjust Fade and Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Clock operation Press the MENU button until CLK ON or CLK OFF is displayed use the TUNE SEEK button to turn the clock display on or off Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the
9. 2 21 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH 06 08 i Gow o e aoe ok e a ee a eS 2 20 Dimensions and weights 9 9 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 22 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Door lockS goin we te ee ew a 3 4 3 5 Door open warning light 2 8 Drive belt n2 4 5 224 528058 ee GREG 8 18 Driving Cold weather driving 5 32 Driving with automatic transmission 5 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 17 Driving with manual transmission 5 21 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy fuel s s a ara oem ad ow 5 26 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 18 Engine Before starting the engine 5 12 Block healer s acs a he we RP we he a 5 33 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 205 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine oilfilter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 8 8 ENGINE ON y aa ace kak e a e ey Ok S a 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 Engine oil viscosity oaa 9 6 Engine serial number 9 11
10. JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key Connect the jumper cables to another vehicle as in the case of a discharged bat tery and then the ignition knob can be moved from the LOCK position Then jump start the vehicle AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery In case of emergency 6 7 Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jum
11. Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label located on the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS
12. Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone mod ule Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connecting instructions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio sy
13. Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and bac
14. The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving situations the system will control braking and engine output to help keep the vehicle on its steered path When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is operating the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks e lf the slip indicator blinks the road condi tions may be slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the In struments and controls section Indicator light lf a malfunction occurs in the system the ff and indicator come on in the instrument panel lights As long as these indicator lights are on the traction control function is canceled If the vehicle is operated with the Vehicle Dy namic Control system off using the VDC off switch most VDC and Traction Control System TCS functions will be turned off The slip indicator ff will flash if wheel spin is de tected The ABS will still operate with the VDC system off When the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the v
15. 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT LICO474 Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicl
16. 2 34 Instruments and controls A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Resetting the moonroof switch The moonroof switch may not operate properly after the battery terminal is disconnected the electrical supply interrupted and or some mal function is detected Use the following reset pro cedure to return moonroof operation to normal 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the lt gt side of the moonroof switch 2 Push and hold the lt gt side of the moon roof switch to tilt the moonroof up 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the lt gt side of the moon roof switch to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates nor mally If the moonroof still does not operate properly have the moonroof system checked and if nec essary repaired by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for about 45 sec onds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load s
17. 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane Starting and driving 5 5 lf you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while dr
18. Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero ben Say pound for Say star for avail able when using the Special Dialing com mand and the Send command during a call See List of voice commands and Special Dialing in this section for more information Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Dialing commana Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command
19. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the
20. S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the
21. See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this sec tion e Pressthe button on the Intelligent Key if equipped See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this section 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Press the button on the keyfob if equipped See Remote keyless entry sys tem earlier in this section Unlock the driver s door using the key or inside door lock knob Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely KEY OPERATION To open the trunk lid turn the key clockwise To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE AWARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside rotate the illuminated lever 1 until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the trunk
22. The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack The AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source plugged into the USB input jack in the center console When a device Is plugged into the AUX IN jack while another device is plugged into the USB input jack the AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions For more information about the USB input jack see USB interface in this section A EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 10 seconds the disc will reload Additional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player op eration with Navigation System in this section For more information about the USB interface available with this system see USB interface in this section iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod The iPod outlet connector is located in the covered storage bin above the radio To connect the iPod
23. When the AUX button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the AUX button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on BA vy TUNE button Tuning TUNE FF REW FOLDER for manual tuning Press the button VY or 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems v A SEEK tuning Press the SEEK TRACK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequen cies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN RPT button to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN RPT button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM FM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3
24. will be played SCAN RPT button Press the SCAN RPT button while a track is playing to change the play pattern as follows Excluding Podcast and Audiobook ALL RPT TRK RPT ALL RDM ALBUM RDM Podcast ALL RPT TRK RPT For more information about Podcasts see the iPod owner s manual Audiobook NORMAL FAST SLOW LHA1498 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Open the protec tive cover on the USB jack in the center console and then connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its bat tery will be charged while connected to the ve hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle remove the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 5th generation iPod Nano 1st through 2nd gener
25. 2 Remove the edge of the cargo cover privacy cloth from the rear seatback 2 30 Instruments and controls 3 Remove the cargo cover holders from the rear pillar WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS if so equipped AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the drivers or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled Oe ey Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger s side window switch Right rear passenger s window switch Left rear passenger s window switch Driver s side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch
26. 3 7 Fuel filler door P 3 27 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 28 9 4 Replacing bulbs P 8 29 Interior hatch release P 3 25 Rear window washer P 2 19 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Sedan oo SO N S 7 8 Interior trunk lid release P 3 27 Rear window defroster switch P 2 20 Antenna P 4 46 Child safety rear door locks P 3 7 Fuel filler door P 3 27 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 28 9 4 Replacing bulbs P 8 29 Trunk opener switch NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped P 3 25 3 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Ss oo pa a 11 Cargo cover if so equipped hatchback model only P 2 29 Rear seat P 1 4 Interior lights P 2 35 Front seat P 1 2 Sun visors P 3 29 Moonroof switch if so equipped P 2 33 Map lights if so equipped P 2 36 Sunglasses holder if so equipped P 2 26 Glove box P 2 28 Parking brake parking on hills P 5 23 5 27 Rear armrest if so equipped P 1 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details INSTRUMENT PANEL 2726 25 2423 22 21 Outside mirror control switch if so equipped P 3 31 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal
27. 8 13 Driving with automatic transmission 5 13 Automatic door locks 3 6 AUX JACK 2444 05 baa eda ae es 4 32 4 38 B BaO ea qe a oe ata amp a Mo eee Ade oe we 8 16 Charge warning light 2 8 Before starting the engine 5 12 Belt See drive belt 8 18 Block heater Eng sema s doe ae ae ee i 5 33 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 48 Booster seats 220004 1 38 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 29 Brake fluid a aoaaa 464 646 o amp es 8 15 Brake light See stop light 8 30 Brake system 4 oe Soe a we a kee 5 28 Brake warning light 2 7 Brake wear indicators 2 14 8 22 Parking brake operation 5 23 Self adjusting brakes 8 22 BrakeS tse ee ted ee eee ewe awn 8 22 Break in schedule 5 25 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 2 22 Brightness contrast button 4 8 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement 8 30 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants e coes aasa ae ee a ew ed 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 47 Cargo COVER soss s osa buad aaa a 2 29 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 13 CD care and cleaning 4 45 CD player See audio system 4 27 4 31 4 36 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 26 Child restraints 1 21 1 22 1 23 1 25 Precautio
28. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be a
29. FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the radio band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual or seek tuning Press and hold any of the de sired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play Oco XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed when a CD en c
30. Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Starting and driving 5 25 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highw
31. SSV Beep ON OFF Normal mode To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Press the TUNE 4 or Y orSEEK 4 or button to ad just the selected mode to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the Beep to ON or OFF press the TUNE button up or down until the desired mode is displayed This will enable or disable the beep sound heard during menu selection To change the Speed Sensitive Volume SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH press the TUNE button 4 or Y setting is displayed until the desired Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears If no action is taken the radio or CD display will auto matically reappear after approximately 5 sec onds Clock set If the clock is not displayed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position you need to select the CLK ON mode Press the MENU but ton repeatedly until CLK OFF mode is displayed Use the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button to en able CLK ON mode 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock display starts to flash 2 Press the SEEK TRACK button or to adjust the hours 3 Press the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 or VY toadjust the minutes Display screen heater
32. You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the S button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook List Names Transfer Entry Delete Entry Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of t
33. and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove the key or turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position while driving This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury e Never turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position while driving This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury LOCK PUSH OFF LOCK PUSH ON SSD0435 A T and CVT models NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped The Intelligent Key can operate t
34. audio and phone systems 4 59 outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the voice recognition system It is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END SF button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND 4 _ button will start the Hands Free Phone System 4 60 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system wil
35. depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the ignition switch and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition switch to START Release the ignition switch when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or re
36. is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS if so equipped All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition switch is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is removed from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the of position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is re moved from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system To unlock the door manu ally use the insi
37. rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis FOLDER tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Mi crosoft Corporation of the USA Playback order chart 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Version MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported Bit rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR versions 1 WMA Version WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limit
38. signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the transmission is shifted into P Park or the manual transmis sion into R Reverse Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Open the hatch or trunk Lift the floorboard and spare tire cover 4 In case of emergency 6 3 To remove the jack take off the strap If neces sary remove the spare tire first to easily access the jack strap If equipped with spacers remove them before removing the spare tire 6 4 Incase of emergency Removing wheel cover if so equipped A CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could re sult in personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod 4 as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and
39. static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is ava
40. systems The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR To check the windshield washer fluid level use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap tube assembly then remove it from the reservoir If there is no fluid in the tube add fluid Add a washer solvent to the windshield washer fluid reservoir for better cleaning In the winte
41. test 9 19 Event Data Recorders EDR 0cceeeeeaes 9 20 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 21 In the event of a collision 000e0e0e 9 21 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity US measure Fuel 13 1 4 gal Engine oil drain and refill 8 With oil filter HR16DE 3 1 8 qt eins MR18DE 4 3 8 qt Without oil filter HR16DE 3 qt Shands MR18DE 4 1 8 qt Cooling system with reservoir HR16DE 1 5 8 gal MR18DE 1 3 4 gal Manual transmission gear oil Automatic transmission fluid Continuously Varible Transmission CVT fluid Brake and clutch fluid 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate Imp measure Liter 11 gal 50 0 2 5 8 qt 3 0 3 5 8 at 4 1 2 1 2 qt 2 8 3 3 8 qt 3 9 1 3 8 gal 6 3 1 1 2 gal 6 8 Refill to the proper level according to the instruc tions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section 9 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants See Fuel recommendation in this section HR16DE and MR18DE Engine oil with API Certification Mark 1 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 1 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 2 50 Demineralized or distilled water 5 speed M T Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmi
42. wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal i
43. will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meet the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag Sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classificati
44. 0 00000 ee 1 12 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 Three point type with retractor 1 15 Seat belt warning light a aoaaa 2 11 Seats AdjJUS M ni e sa ssi ea camioane aa 1 2 Front seats aoaaa aa 1 2 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat aaoo aaa a 1 4 Security indicator light aoaaa aaa 2 13 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 17 3 2 5 11 Self adjusting brakes noaa 8 22 Service manual order form 9 21 Servicing air conditioner oaoa 4 16 Seting DUON s a sore aa e aa a a a 4 5 Shift lock release ooa aaa 5 16 5 19 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 14 Continuously Variable Transmission Nile weciee a eee bose eee eo 5 18 Manual transmission 0 5 5 21 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag E 6 nw ee oe dw od ew ee EO 1 52 Spark plug replacement 8 19 Speedometer 000 ee eee 2 4 SRS warning label 1 55 Starting Before starting the engine 5 12 Jump starting lt s ae aa ow 6 7 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting 3 545 ae saren k twas 6 10 Starting the engine 5 12 Steering Power steering system 5 28 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 45 SOG NOM sa a ae eae
45. 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed Random and repeat play mode While files on a USB device are playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the USB device When the random mode Is active the iconis displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Ran dom mode touch the Random key until no gt iconis displayed 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the USB device When the repeat mode is active the J icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat kk 1 f a mode touch the Repeat key untilno 7 icon is displayed A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated CD CARE AND CLEANING 1 Tuning switch 2 Phone operation switch Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the 3 POWER on and SOURCE select disc Never touch
46. 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 17 AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No
47. 2 5 11 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer a ros ise a aa a E a aa a a E a 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants saoao aa aaa 9 2 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine oil filter aa 8 12 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Epone Olll ses cermak de eee e 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil viscosity aoaaa aa aa 9 6 Outside mirrors aoaaa ee 3 30 Overdrive switch 26s kw wdw ow Swe 5 16 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 21 Owner s manual service manual order INIGHMAUON lt 2 aa ne oe ee ey E a ea 9 21 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 23 Parking parking on hills 5 27 Phone Bluetooth hands free system 4 48 Power Power door locks i soo 4 4 4 45 Gar d 0 3 6 Power outlet 246 2 24 Power rear windows 2 32 Power steering system 5 28 Power windows 244 2 30 Rear power windows 2 32 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 23 1 29 1 34 1 38 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 12 Precautions on supplemental restraint SysteM aoaaa a a 1 41 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features 4 5 PUSM SIGMING o e meoin me Ooh eo hw De 6 10 R Radio Carphone orCBrad
48. 5 11 Three way catalyst 0 ee ee 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 29 Tire Flat ICs ec a m we amp Ral Ere eh Ee Ee a 6 2 Spare tle sw kaw eee eh ew ew SE 6 3 8 44 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire ch ainS ak as amp ob Se ee ee rennu 8 41 Tire placard o x 0 wa ww bt oe Ok ee d 9 12 Tire pressure 2 ee ee ee ee 8 34 Tite Fotauion 24 0 6 64 ede oe ew re 8 8 41 Types of tires 2 ee 8 40 Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 Wheels andtires 8 34 Wheel tire size 0 2000 9 9 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 26 10 6 Towing Flat towing Beg hak ae he ancl oe de eh 9 17 TOW TUCK TOWING 10 a oa ee dk ow a 6 11 Trailer towing a ee Be wy ee we 9 17 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 13 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid o e 2 6 tw S08 ho So ee ae 8 13 Driving with automatic transmission 5 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 0 5 17 Driving with manual transmission 5 21 Transmission shift selector lock release aooaa a aa 5 16 5 19 Travel See registering your vehicle in another country ooo 9 10 Trip odometer cea yee eh eee Ow Ok we 2 4 Trunk access through the rear seat 1 4 Trunk light lt b eof ie ee Rs a ee Ew Gedo 2 37 Turn signal swit
49. 7507 LF Stop Tail 12499 LL Backup reversing 12498 License plate light 2 256 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2 If replacement is required contact a NISSAN dealer Front view Map lights if so equipped Interior light Front fog light if so equipped Headlight assembly 2 Rear view hatchback 3 Rear view sedan Luggage compartment light hatchback Trunk light sedan if so equipped 6 High mounted stop light 7 License plate light 8 Rear combination light ee Nes Ol Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover fl Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation Interior light Use a cloth to protect the housing SDI1499A FN WDI10624 LDI0625 SDI1873 Map lights if so equipped High mounted stop light sedan Luggage compartment light Use a cloth to protect the housing Open the trunk to access the bulb base Hatchback Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 WDI0343 Trunk light Sedan 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring
50. Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance lridium tipped spark plugs if so equipped It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter push the tabs and pull the unit upward AWA
51. Dee we ew ew 2 6 Warning lights 42 0 22h oe oe Bee we 2 6 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switches aaa a ae 2 19 Windshield wiper and washer switch Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheels and tires ad woo ee Bs 8 ow 8 34 Wheel tire size 2 0 2 20 0 22 eee 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country o4 c 0 4 amp Gees ae we 2 ee 9 10 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 32 Manual windows 2 33 Power rear windows 2 32 Power windows 2 2 30 Rear power windows 2 32 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 Windshield washer fluid 8 16 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switches 45 2 te Go eee e 2 19 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 Wiper blades 224 8 21 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components an
52. Engine specifications 9 8 Starting the engine 5 12 Enter DUON i a x a dom moa ond i a we 4 2 Event data recorders 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass case fu tava d eka ae 2 26 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 23 PIE O s 2 1d a e ea a adaa de aea a e 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid aaa oaa aaa 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 13 Brake fluid a aaa aa 8 15 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants s ey a i aloe mo a ah ee 9 2 CHUGH MUNG d a aaa g aaa ee Bee 8 15 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Mdee e ohh ee ee ee ek ee eee 8 13 Engine coolant se s coe wes Sama ew 8 8 Engine oil cwe 6623 e ws kia 8 9 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Fog light switch lt c cssc 6a 0 ow ba a 2 22 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 48 Front seats ssa amp oem amp ee ae OG Re 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fUelWDCANTS oc ewe wwe eee we ew 9 2 Fueleconomy 2 0 08 eee eee 5 26 Fuel gauge 2245 kdane dad eeage x 2 5 Fuel octane rating 9 5 Fuel recommendation a aaoo aa 9 4 Fuel filler door and cap 3 27 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 27 FUSES s e pka oe hea eee wees 8 23 Fusible links 02 0000 0 8 25 G GaS Cap s bebe See eek ewe oe ae A 3 27 Gauge Fuel GAUGE 6a ce ee bee bee eae 2 5 Odometer
53. O FE m ak If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off BRAKE blue ABS or al red 0 ie w 92 PF y R g If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion BRAKE or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicl
54. SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0692 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 1 15 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be
55. System TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after
56. The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations DISP TEXT button When the DISP TEXT button is pressed while in FM radio mode the radio display will change as follows Frequency PTY PS Frequency Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play DISP TEXT button When the DISP TEXT button is pressed while a CD is playing the display will change as follows CD Track number Disc title Song title Track number CD with MP3 or WMA Track number Folder title Album title Artist gt Song title Track number A A TUNE FF REW FOLDER Reve
57. a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the ENGINE light SOON illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired po
58. a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE
59. accident and could re sult in serious personal injury Check 2 10 Instruments and controls the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly S7 Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Main
60. affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The intelligent key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises radio waves may af fect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the in telligent key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may af fect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment su
61. air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints earlier in this section for details Do not lean against the door AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to Do not lean against the door extend their hand out of the window or lean a
62. alarm stops when t has run for 25 seconds or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key Pushing the request switch on the driver or passenger door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle ae Co WPD0362 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key To deactivate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and A buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models or P position selecting warning light CVT or A T models 2 Intelligent Key system warning light WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS The Intelligent Key system is equipped with a function that is designed to minimize improper operations and to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen The warning buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates when improper opera tions are detected 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION When the buzzer sounds and the warning light illuminates be sure
63. allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit
64. also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating ina crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air ba
65. available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the amp button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the l button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted fyou need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them 4 50 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems fa command is not recognized
66. be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while drivin
67. be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all
68. brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise a WDI0691 MR18DE engine Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The en gine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain an
69. button 4 or while the iPod is operational The display pattern can be changed as follows Playlists Artists Albums Songs Pod casts Genres Composers Audiobooks For more information about each item see the iPod owner s manual ENTER and BACK buttons Press the ENTER button while the top menu is displayed to show program details on the audio display Use the SEEK buttons 4 or to scroll through the choices and press the ENTER button to make a selection Press the BACK button to return to the previous display 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems iPod play information Press the DISP TEXT button for less than 1 5 seconds while a program is playing to change the displayed program information as follows Excluding Podcast Album Title Artist Name Song Title Normal Mode Podcast Album Title Song Title Normal Mode For more information about Podcasts see the iPod owner s manual TUNE FF REW FOLDER button When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button is pressed 4 or Y for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or reversing When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button is pressed 4 or Y for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod
70. by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steer ing effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds See Power steering in the Starting and driving section ry Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so High temperature warning light red When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the high temperature warning light illu minates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is operational A CAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is runnin
71. by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front and rear outboard occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posit
72. eo tees Bee 8 30 Storage ge eS Be amp Be aw ey ek ee 2 25 Storag Way ee kee bee dane be oS ot 2 25 Sunglasses case 0000 0 2 26 Sunglasses holder 04 2 26 Sunroof see Moonroof 9 33 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 55 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 55 2 11 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 48 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 55 Precautions on supplemental restraint SVSIEM 4 84 6M oe oo See ee oo wD 1 41 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 41 Supplemental side and curtain side impact aif bag SYSICM sine an bh adaa Ee 1 52 Switch Automatic power window switch 2 32 Fog light switch s iess acaaressa 2 22 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 23 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 20 Headlight control switch 2 20 ignition swith 4 s eoe a ame ew 4 we ati i 5 7 Overdrive switch 044 5 16 Power door lock switch 3 6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWiHCls s oe eh oS ee ee ae a eS 2 20 Rear window wiper and washer Switches s ss a o 4 4 5 2H eed doe ew a 2 19 Turn signal switch 2 22 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIC see eae na Go ee a Da 2 24 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 T Tachometer s secaraa suw Re ee dk 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 17 3 2
73. file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 USB XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx Browse Play information Information about the audio files being played is shown on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Touch Browse to display the list of folders and files on the USB device Touch the name of a song on the screen to begin playing that song lt gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CATEGORY button gt while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt for
74. find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown LTI0192 HR16DE engine ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown MR18DE engine ST10466 F M V S S C M V
75. finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter
76. function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the gt position the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes or 22 A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the PG position Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your he
77. helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the win
78. how much more weight your vehicle can carry 3 After loading cargo and passen gers re weigh your vehicle to deter mine if either GVWR or GAWR for your vehicle is exceeded If GVWR is exceeded remove cargo as neces sary If either the front or rear GAWR is exceeded shift the load or remove Cargo as necessary Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Load limit Remaining available 1 400 Ib R rT cargo and luggage 2 Determine the combined weight of 640 kg load capacity the driver and passengers that will be 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib riding in your vehicle 70 kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 3 Occupants Luggage Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail Occupants Luggage E able amount of cargo and luggage Load limit Remaining available load capacity For example if the 1 400 Ib R LECEC cargo and luggage XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and 640 kg load capacity there will be five 150 Ib passengers TOPIA EA DADES 500 Ib in your vehicle the amount of avail 70kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg WT10169 Example Technical an
79. ignition switch in the ACC or ON position you need to select the CLK ON mode Press the MENU but ton repeatedly until CLK OFF mode is displayed Use the TUNE SEEK button to enable CLK ON mode 1 Press the MENU button repeatedly until CLK ON mode appears 2 Press the MENU button again the time will start flashing 3 Press the TUNE SEEK button W or N to adjust the hour 4 Press the MENU button again the display will switch to the minute adjustment mode 5 The minutes will start flashing Press TUNE SEEK button M to ad just the minutes or 6 Press the MENU button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or press the MENU button again to return to the regular clock display 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Resetting the time Hold the MENU button down and then press the TUNE SEEK button the time will reset as fol lows lf the displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 00 29 the hour displayed before the reset will stay the same and the minutes will be reset to 00 fthe displayed minutes before the reset are in the range of 30 59 the hour displayed before the reset will advance by one hour and the minutes will be reset to 00 For example if the MENU button and the TUNE SEEK button are pressed while the time displayed is between 8 00 and 8 29 the display will be
80. includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position Type A models without Intelligent Key To turn the ignition key to the LOCK position from the ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in then turn the key to LOCK LSD0173 Type B Type B models with Intelligent Key The ignition lock is designed so that the switch can only be turned from 4 to the LOCK position when the PUSH release button has been pressed NOTE The oO Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds when the igni tion switch is turned to the LOCK position and the ignition PUSH release button has not been pressed completely See Intelli gent Key lock warning light in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual for further details regarding the functionality of the Intelligent Key lock warning light When the mechanical key is being used the ignition PUSH release button has to be pressed in order to turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position although the Y Intel ligent Key lock warning light will not blink and the buzzer will not sound IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF 1 The engine is turned off ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operati
81. influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could c
82. instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 42Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument Pallels cwenehtedees tener edated auc decee ses 0 7 EXIT OF MOM cee swae yee ccwue we anise eneeeecun ook 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 4 0 9 EXIGHOr Tediasisseadeus E E coeeeueos 0 4 Warning indicator lights n unauna aana eeaened 0 11 Passenger compartment 0c cece e eee ees 0 6 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Supplemental front impact air bag modules P 1 41 2 Roof mounted curtain side
83. item to select For example to select the Audio key touch the Audio key 1 on the screen Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 aupio setup SETUP Bass Jaman 5 SO Treble D Jamo 2 FY ic ete cel Balance lt annn gt gt Fade A Ammin yJ Adjusting the item For screens where an item can be adjusted incre mentally such as when adjusting the bass and treble for the audio system touch the key or the key 2 to adjust the settings of an item When there are more items than can be dis played on one screen touch the up arrow 8 to scroll up the page or touch the down arrow 4 to scroll down the page rE oT Brightness Very Bright Display Mode Automatic Scroll Direction moves Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a set number of conditions For example the Display Mode can be set to Automatic Day or Night To adjust this type of item touch the item 4 The item will cycle through the available settings and the red indicator lights to the left of the setting condition will come on or turn off accordingly 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Inputting characters Touch the letter key There are some options available when inputting characters 123 ABC Changes the available character set to num bers
84. jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover Use caution not to scratch the wheel cover or wheel surface WCE0131 Hatchback Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move WCE0140 Sedan e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials In case of emergency 6 5 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning count
85. lack illuminate In this position the air condi of lubrication tioner cannot be turned off When the air A visible mist may be seen coming from the flow control is nge to any position other ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air than Y or theair conditioner light is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a will illuminate the air conditioner will con malfunction tinue operating and can be turned off usin i the air a E i button This a e if the_ high temperature warning the air which helps defog the windshield Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position light ale illuminates in red indicating engine coolant temperature is over the normal range turn the air conditioner off See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual should always be in the gt position for heating and defrosting Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 DEFROSTING Air passed through heater core Air flow control Air recirculation control EN AE Temperature control o Fan control A C button Fan Air A C Temp Air flow recirculation control button control control control AUTO HOT Caer eL oN RIGHT BI LEVEL Air passed through HEATING heater core Air flow Air recirculation control control Temperature control A C o Fan control A C button Air i Fan secirealaton A C Temp A
86. lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES A WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is
87. lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Instruments and controls 2 23 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power Is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The 8 indicator will come on 2 24 instruments and controls Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dy namic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section POWER OUT
88. locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Unlocking doors WPD0360 1 Press the if Key button on the Intelligent 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch trunk 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments All doors and the rear hatch trunk will be locked automatically unless one of the following opera tions is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button Opening any doors or the rear hatch trunk Engaging the ignition switch from the lock position Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the following op erations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch in the OFF position WPD0374 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic
89. maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The SKF light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission c
90. make sure that the iPod is connected properly The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may re main in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod If you are using an iPod 3rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to prevent the iPod from resetting itself Be careful not to do the following or the cable could be damaged and a loss of func tion may occur Bend the cable excessively 1 6 in 40 mm radius maximum Twist the cable excessively more than 180 degrees Pull or drop the cable Close the center console lid on the cable or connectors Store objects with sharp edges in the storage where the cable is stored Spill liquids on the cable and connectors Do not connect the cable to the iPod if the cable and or connectors are wet It may damage the iPod If the cable and connectors are exposed to water allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the cable to the iPod wait 24 hours for it to dry If the connect
91. may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the vehicle s battery is disconnected replaced or jump started the power window auto reverse function may not operate properly If this occurs please contact a NISSAN dealer to re initialize the power window auto reverse system If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is Closing the window will be immediately low ered When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull up and hold the window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch for more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the above
92. moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the engine or the transmis sion related component harness con nector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gi
93. over rev and cause engine damage Shift Selector position 1 2 31 MPH 50 62 MPH 100 km h 62 MPH 100 km h HR16DE km h 35 MPH 55 km h MR18DE Starting and driving 5 15 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector release the shift lock The shift selector can be moved to N Neutral To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 5 16 Starting and driving 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Now the vehicle may be moved to the de sired location If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floo
94. pro cedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance MANUAL WINDOWS if so equipped The side windows can be opened or closed by turning the hand crank on each door MOONROOF if so equipped a LS LICO977 AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The auto matic moonroof is operational for about 45 sec onds even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moon roof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open the moonroof push the switch toward A Instruments and controls 2 33 To fully close the moonroof push the switch toward gt 2 To open or close the moonroof part way push the switch in any direction while the moonroof is sliding to stop it in the desired position Tilting the moonroof Close the moonroof by pushing the switch toward lt Release the switch then push the switch toward again to tilt the moonroof up To tilt the moonroof down push the switch toward gt 4 A WARNING in an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing
95. signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your Surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key Instruments and controls 2 15 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed the key master or mechanical Intelli gent Key models any request switch Intelligent Key mod els the keyfob if so equipped or Intelligent Key if so equippe
96. sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0591 Type A Interior trunk access if so equipped for Sedan models Type A Fold down the rear center armrest T and open the trunk access panel AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury SSS0592 Type B When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are Center armres
97. substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class
98. the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command in a clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the QS button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most Cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the amp button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial NOTE The combined command of Call and a Name cannot be used How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0
99. to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no lo
100. to get information on how to use the system Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 51 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel l PHONE SEND Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information a PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section 4 52 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND s button for the hands free phone system to e
101. to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Turn Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice Is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 5 button to select a dif ferent language
102. tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can d
103. trunk lid release 0 cece eee eee 3 27 Pile Tiley COOP assessed eer aaene te oe ete eect oe 3 27 Opener operation sx nac0 4 xxsu ck xedwnk eee weews 3 27 PUCIFING OAD acdc nc peaneancienecaceees eanckeus 3 28 Steering wheel ccc cece eee eens 3 29 Ti OPC AUOlecrece tesa ceitseeeeeseaseeeeeeece 3 29 OUI VISOl Sts cena eae a pe E tae nald 3 29 Vanity mirrors if so equipped 0008 3 30 WII OUS EEE erences bas neced aise ead ceweh ears 3 30 Rearview MMO coccuceneennoeeeseate ora eeeee ue 3 30 CQUISIOG MITOS orice udu jeGutey sere decane caine 3 30 KEYS 3 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehi
104. varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Phone Number Speak the digits Dial 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Dialing to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For
105. wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire Starting and driving 5 3 The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted for all 4 tires After the tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening 5 4 Starting and driving For additional information see
106. your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM if so equipped RADIO Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the PWR button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the
107. 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 WRS0799 Forward facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor WRS0800 LRSO671 WRS0697 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 Forward facing step 4 3 The back of the child restraint should be 4 For child restraints that are equipped with Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be secured against the vehicle seat
108. 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 18 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 iia a SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a cras
109. 2 Special winter equipment 2 22 00 5 32 Driving ON SNOW OF Ce ss2024 o42 caveoeenecee vex 5 32 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 33 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide e Do not leave children or adults who The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 5 2 Starting and driving AWARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are ent
110. 762 LRSO669 LRS0670 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 Rear facing step 5 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 WRS0763 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps
111. A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the rear hatch trunk opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked inside the vehicle lockout protec tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf When the Intelligent Key is placed on the cargo cover When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When th
112. Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may re main in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd generation If you are using an iPod 8rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to avoid the iPod resetting itself iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries iPod player if so equipped Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen We recommend using English language charac ters with an iPod Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always
113. CC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mer cury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Audio System Navigation Traffic Info XM Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an
114. HT SIC2063A The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position the interior lights will stay on for about 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 35 The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer Is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 36 Instruments and controls MAP LIGHTS if so equipped To
115. Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 WPD0402 WPD0403 Hatchback OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating ra
116. LET The power outlet is for powering electrical acces sories such as cellular telephones The outlet is rated at 12 volt 120 W 10A maximum A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet STORAGE MAP POCKETS LICO971 LICO979 Coin holders STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop Instruments and controls 2 25 2 26 Front Instruments and controls LICO980 Rear LICO981 SUNGLASSES HOLDER if so equipped To open the sunglasses holder push and
117. N in the In case of emergency section of this manual Manual Transmission Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Continuously Variable Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufac turer s recommendations when using their prod uct UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded
118. NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 3 DODIG neu ete cekeees E EE EEE EEE E E 3 4 Locking with key uussssasarannnnnrnrrrnnnnnnn 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch i SO Equipped aadsan ceruconoanchecseaceseeces 3 6 Automatic door locks if so equipped 3 6 Child safety rear door lock 0 ccc eee e ees 3 7 Remote keyless entry system models without NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 7 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 8 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 10 Operating range wae xdcseoxsesiks nae pee aanenens 3 12 Door locks unlocks precaution 4 3 12 NISSAN Intelligent Key operation 3 13 How to use the remote keyless entry UNCION pase erertuesesesioe ens eeceees eo Serer 3 16 Warning lights and audible reminders 3 20 Warming Signal S caser orp tenetgsesaeeleenyerssa ys 3 20 Troubleshooting guide 2 62 64 sessed cae sewey 3 22 PICO Serana EEA ENE E EEE TEE 3 23 Rear hatch Hatchback ccc cece eee eens 3 24 Opening the rear hatch 000 c cee e eee ee 3 24 Rear hatch release 0 0 c cece eee eee 3 25 Trunk lid Sedan icc n 0vsdwsvenceeenccccoeucctenecs 3 25 Opening the trunk lid using the opener switch if so equipped n s cece eee eens 3 26 KOy OPeON stm ces tennes e iaae ia k 3 26 Interior
119. OWS scare cecsacerdeecseatecuast covet ees 2 30 Power windows if so equipped 065 2 30 Manual windows if so equipped 065 2 33 Moonroof if So equipped 0c cece eee eee 2 33 Automatic moonroof s5do00csce cut ewawnscureeee ds 2 33 INtCOPNOM ceuseuecusseeskedeueeeeeaeeeneseaunes 2 35 Map lights if so equipped 00 cece eee 2 36 Trunk light Sedan if so equipped 5 2 37 Luggage compartment light Hatchback 2 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 2726 25 2423 22 21 Outside mirror control switch if so equipped P 3 31 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 20 Instruments and controls gt 20 19 181716 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 45 4 48 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 41 2 23 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 24 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 18 2 19 Audio system if so equipped P 4 17 Covered storage bin P 2 25 iPod outlet if so equipped P 4 39 USB interface if so equipped P 4 43 Center ventilator P 4 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 28 Side ventilator P 4 8 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 Cup holders P 2 27 S
120. RNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new w
121. S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information 9 11 EMISSION CONTROL TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION INFORMATION LABEL LABEL The emission control information label is at The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and tached to the underside of the hood as shown Loading Information label The label is located as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE if so equipped Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag License plate bracket License plate bracket screws x 2 License plate screws x 2 Screw grommets x 2 Hold the license plate bracket and make a shallow hole in the bumper fascia using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill To avoid damaging the area behind the fascia apply only light pres sure to the drill Insert the grommets 2 into the holes in the bumper fascia Insert a small flat bladed screwdr
122. Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seat back recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints and headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yo
123. TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 11 SCAN RPT button 12 AUDIO button 13 AUX IN jack 14 Station select 1 6 buttons 15 VOLUME control knob 16 PWR button 17 iPod MENU button 18 BACK button 19 ENTER button 20 SEEK TRACK button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section No satellite radio reception Is available when the AUX button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX that was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pressing the PWR button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume MUTE button Pressthe X Press the X button again to resume playing the audio at its previous volume AUDIO button Bass Treble Fade Bal ance SSV Beep Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows button to mute the audio sound Bass Treble Fade Balance Speed Sensitive Volume
124. The effective distance depends on the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the keyfob Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the keyfob with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the keyfob near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and per sonal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the
125. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way LDI0520 MR18DE engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 SDI1597 HR16DE MR18DE engine 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks 4 This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 3 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some engine oil be tween oil maintenance intervals depending on the severity of operating conditions or depending on the property of the engine oil used More engine oil is consumed by fre 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself quent acceleration deceleration especially when the engine rpm is high Consumption is likely to be higher when the engine is new If the rate of oil consumption after driving for 3 107 miles 5 000 km is more than 0 5 liter per 621 miles 1 000 km con sult a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty LDIO608 HR16DE engine A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking
126. a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSA
127. a aa ia Ea e aE nas 7 3 Gorrosion PrOlECHON sacwicesdssqsancdanctwwsesuesse 7 5 WNGOIDOOY 22056 ntaadwdeicde set niiin dieninis 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle c s22 ate oeer E SETENTA TTET TETT 7 3 CONOs OW ccs actuedtavene se ceced E mais 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels 00000ceeeeeeeeee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome PAS s02siuactineneeaksesaecierworseees 7 3 COMOSION sesine RRUAR ESA 7 5 Tire dreSSiNgS u ossrriarcicrisi rirnori trni nis 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning INGTON sires eecieeeaneres dxedaaedse dongs 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you Can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a speci
128. adlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Instruments and controls 2 21 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the gt or 2 position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night 2 22 Instruments and controls TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected HAZARD WARNING FLASHER HORN SWITCH The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal
129. aintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles Starting and driving 5 29 A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Sel
130. air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on se
131. air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 4 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode If no action is taken the display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds DISP display button This button works during FM CD and iPod operation See the detailed function for this but ton in the section for each mode iIPOD MENU ENTER and BACK buttons These buttons can only be used for iPod opera tions See iPod Player Operation without Navi gation System later in this section for details about the functions of these buttons FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception SAT band select Pressing the AUX button will change the band as follows AUX SAT1 SAT2 AUX satellite if so equipped When the AUX button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the PWR button is pressed to turn the radio on
132. ake lever to the CS position Be sure to return to the gt position for normal cooling Dehumidified heating This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the 7 position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position AIR FLOW CHARTS The following charts show the button and dial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating cooling or defrosting The air intake lever Dehumidified defogging Operating tips This mode is used to defog the windows and dehumidify the air Keep the windows and moonroof closed while the air conditioner is in operation 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi After parking in the sun drive for 2 or 3 tion Turn the air flow control dial to the ey position minutes with the windows open to vent hot air from the passenger compartment before closing the windows This allows the air con ditioner to cool the interior more quickly Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi The air conditioning system should be tion When the Y or Fi position is operated for approximately 10 minutes selected the air conditioner automatically at least once a month This helps pre turns on however the indicator light will not vent damage to the system due to
133. al Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white
134. al vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
135. amage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region Technical and consumer information 9 5 API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval 9 6 Technical and consumer information API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followe
136. amp the g indicator light may illu minate This is not a malfunction Re start the engine after driving onto a stable surface e If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the Vehicle Dy namic Control system may not operate properly and the indicator light may come on The Vehicle Dynamic Control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and driving 5 31 COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped or the NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 5 32 Starting and driving DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti fr
137. an say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response 4 54 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits Special Number Redial Call Back Speak Name A If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phonebook in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details
138. arged battery To release the rear hatch from the inside of the vehicle perform the following operations 1 Fold the rear seats down See Folding rear seat in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual 2 Puta hand or a suitable tool in the underside of the rear hatch to access the release lever A Move the release lever to the right The rear hatch will be unlatched 3 Push the rear hatch up to open NOTE If you had to open the rear hatch using this lever have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible TRUNK LID Sedan AWARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 er r Ex eZ SPA2051 OPENING THE TRUNK LID USING THE OPENER SWITCH if so equipped To open the trunk lid unlock it with one of the following operations then push the opener switch Push the trunk request switch or door handle request switch if equipped
139. arn the driver f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer aN 5 24 Starting and driving The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off imme diately Failure to do so may cause engine damage CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indic
140. at belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 41 Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section WRS0031 The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always us
141. ation Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 iPod XXXXXXXX JY XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx Audio main operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the AUX button repeatedly until the iPod mode is displayed on the screen If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the vehicle audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod will start when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed Playlists Artists Genres Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the touchscreen 5 BACK button or the TUNE SCROLL knob to navigate the menus on the screen When the iPod is playing touch the Menu key to bring up the iPod interface Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Playlists 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Artists Albums Genres Songs Composers Audiobooks Podcasts EE P gt SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or gt to skip backward or forward one track Press a
142. ation 128 characters EA 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 a REEE EE UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright p F it Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor soun a
143. ator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Pushthe CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Push the ON OFF switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector to N Neutral CVT or A T To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch
144. ause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen o If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste p
145. aust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 e0 ee 8 2 General maintenance 2 0c ee ee eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS s s s seess aaran nerra 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00e eee eee eee eee 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 0005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 2 2 002 00 8 9 ENGNG Cllscccceecere eesceuseauen us aseeceeeeuseees 8 9 Checking engine oil level 00 005 8 9 Changing engine oil 0e cece eee eee 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 0005 8 12 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 13 4 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 13 Temperature conditions for checking 8 13 Brake and clutch MW so nadoed vend an veces Eharenes 8 15 Brake UNO schccec2606esceeu ies neranda inanda 8 15 CHOC TWIG EEE E esi p an E T 8 15 Windshield washer fluid 00 0c eee e eee 8 16 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 16 BAU LT TEE E E srs seeeoeses eesee tenes sees 8 16 Jump Staring ceessayceuseuccwse sy eUa era
146. ay Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the 6 button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 55 Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is
147. ay Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary 5 26 Starting and driving When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oll See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park or in an appropriate gear for manual trans mission models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an a
148. back If necessary adjust or remove the headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the headrest when the child restraint is removed See Adjustable headrest in this section for headrest adjustment information If the seating position does not have an adjustable headrest and it Is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seat ing position or a different child restraint webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restrain
149. before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Compact Disc with MP3 or WMA if SO equipped Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format
150. button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play dq gt gt Rewind and Fast Forward buttons When the 44 or PP button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed lt lt gt P SEEK TRACK buttons When PI is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press gt I several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap pears in the display window When the last track o
151. ccident Make sure the shift selector has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift selector in the R Reverse position When parking on an uphill grade place the shift selector in 1st gear Automatic Transmission AT or Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift selector to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key Starting and driving 5 27 POWER STEERING AWARNING I
152. ccur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Once
153. ch a 2 2 24 2 e040 derei oc 2 22 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 17 USB interface Audio file operation 4 43 V Vanity MIrrOr go ses gk Se Gu ak a 3 30 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 9 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 24 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 30 Vehicle identification 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 246 sd ee ee eben 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle loading information 9 13 Vehicle recovery 6 ce es 6 13 Vehicle security system 02 000s 2 15 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobi lizer system engine start 9 17 3 2 5 11 Venal eea 6 5 0 0 0 4 oe he ee eS 4 8 WwW Warning Air bag warning light 1 55 2 11 Anti lock brake warning light 2 7 Battery charge warning light 2 8 Brake warning light 2 7 Door open warning light 2 8 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 8 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 23 Low fuel warning light 2 9 Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Low windshield washer fluid warning WOM tg Bees bbe eek oe eee as 2 10 Passenger air bag and status light 1 49 Seat belt warning light 2 11 Vehicle security system 2 15 Warning labels for SRS 1 55 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 64546 bo oe
154. ch as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key warning light an will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch Is placed in the ON position Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the
155. ched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 17 Center of the rear seat if so equipped for sedan models The rear seat center seat belt has a connector tongue 1 and a seat belt tongue 2 Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion SS0241 AWARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could res
156. cle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the Intelligent Key only not the mechanical key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as four NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to yo
157. cle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift se lector button pushed in to move the shift selector from N Neutral or any drive posi tion to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the shift selector into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift se lector button pushed in to move the shift selector from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowing through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not shift into the gears when the vehicle speed exceeds the following limits otherwise the engine may
158. cle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmis sion and repair if necessary AWARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially care ful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal op eration or have it repaired if necessary MANUAL TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause
159. clutch damage Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied SSD0535 5 speed Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift selec tor If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could oc cur Starting and driving 5 21 SSD0552 6 speed Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th up to 5th or 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed On the 5 speed manual transmission you cannot shift directly from 5th gear into R Reverse First shift into N Neutral then into R Reverse On the 6 speed manual transmission to back up lift up on the shift selector ring and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely The shift selector ring returns to its original posi tion when the shift selector is moved to the N Neutral position 5 22 Starting and driving If it is difficult to move the shif
160. cupant uses the seating position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described in this section ADJUSTABLE HEADREST if so equipped AWARNING The adjustable headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the headrests properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the adjustable headrest stalks or remove the adjustable headrests Do not use the seat if the adjustable head rests have been removed If the headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduc
161. d Keyfob and Intelligent Key operation Push the button All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion later in this manual 2 16 Instruments and controls Confirm that the gt indicator light comes on The light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The cE light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key a request switch the keyfob or Intelligent Key or if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm
162. d Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated shor
163. d After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section Instruments and controls 2 9 TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an
164. d must be replaced Additionally if any of the front air bags inflate the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pretensioner cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 2 Instruments and controls instr ment panele sac rreken douse rsak 2 2 Meters and QaUQCSccac ee red dv arsed ede cenedasetee 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0ece eens 2 4 TACROMCI el ccs asodedeee aes nseteeceeecex tears 2 5 Fuelgalge 2 2 24 vcuxtdtie baeni annor nas deer eens 2 5 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 6 Checking DUIDS cit lt 8 teeetendee Gea naana 2 7 Waming MOMS cs cide teetieeseedcee NEE 2 7 OIC AIC NOUS aucune netic rape EE E 2 12 Audible FEMINGENS i250 0e lt se2hcdnsnw ee eset one 2 14 Security systemS occxdeositssoevwaseeedeteevecna ae 2 15 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 15 NISSAN vehicle imm
165. d and the seat store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re the headrest when the child restraint is re straint mode is canceled moved See Adjustable headrest in this section for headrest adjustment removal and installation information Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 WRS0760 Sedan INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP sedan model First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Flip up the anchor cover 4 from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf 4 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not beh
166. d consumer information 9 15 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 9 16 Technical and consumer information AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause
167. d is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing February 2010 Publication No OMOE OC11U2 Printed in U S A HOL CID
168. d refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine 8 Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 LDIO608 HR16DE engine A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER l Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0521 MR18DE engine A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 Start the engine and chec
169. d with ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check webbing mounted attachments remove any to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop additional slack from the anchor attach erly attached to the lower anchors ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 LRS0674 hinted A ae REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near BELTS the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 AWARNING The three point seat b
170. de air bag and curtain side impact air bag sySlem x ken oe eee eee E 1 52 Air bag warning labels 1 55 Air bag warning light 1 55 2 11 Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 4 12 Air conditioner service 4 16 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 7 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 9 Servicing air conditioner 4 16 Air flow charts 2 2004 4 13 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 15 Anchor point locations 1 27 AMENDA s a o ea 62a 6 a4 be a Gee ae i g 4 46 Anti lock brake warning light 2 7 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 29 ArmrestS 2 4 a6 yea Ge wee ae Ss 1 5 Audible reminders 2 14 Audio system oi a me dae Sale Bae 4 17 Compact disc CD player 4 27 4 31 4 36 FM AM radio with compact disc CD Player 2 4 29 FM AM radio with compact disc CD PIVE 2 ecw Gt wh a ee Oe A 4 25 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player soa k thot owe eae eo eS 4 33 Audio System iPod Players s e he me ew ew od 4 39 4 41 Audio system cle aoa e ee i ee a ee ee 4 17 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 45 USB interface lt 1s4 2a web we be we wd 4 43 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 32 Automatic transmission fluid ATF
171. de lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the out side REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior lights on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle
172. dio system if so equipped cece eae 4 17 Eea o a ae ee eee ee ee 4 17 FM radio reception cseitersetecee lh oegeeu dee ieee 4 17 AM radio reception vcn ndaue nde et acer ewsany 4 17 Satellite radio reception if so equipped 4 18 Audio operation precautions 00005 4 18 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player if SO equipped 1 cece cece eens 4 25 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type A if so equipped 6005 4 29 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player Type B if so equipped 005 4 33 iPod Player Operation without Navigation System if so equipped 6c cece eee aes 4 39 iPod Player Operation with Navigation System if so equipped cece cece eens 4 41 USB interface if so equipped 6005 4 43 CD care and Cleaning sxics pcyewedeveavganeenkes 4 45 Steering wheel switch for audio control if SO equipped 6 6 keene eens 4 45 AE anectsaresteerusons sedate ce ates 4 46 Car phone or CB fadiOws s cccnsdctgeaeesacagase hee 4 47 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped seid ore dediwedcnacceeslieuadeee cuce 4 48 Regulatory Information 22c2200 ienseedeiuweenes 4 49 Usmg the S StCNletaccamtensevaavevexceoeeesses 4 50 Control buttons ssss snaue annann aene 4 52 G tting Stated enc cnscomsun ce yee eda can seeceess 4 52 List of voice Commands 6 6sicscenkensaceaes 4 54 Speaker adaptati
173. dipstick after the engine 122 to 176 F DO NOT OVERFILL Use Genuine NISSAN is warmed up and before driving However 50 to 80 C Matic S ATF the fluid should be re checked using the HOT range NOTE 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and set If the vehicle has been driven for a long the parking brake Reverse side time at high speeds or in city traffic in hot 9 Start th l di the shift COLD weather the fluid level cannot be read ac B ee er 86 to 122 F curately You should wait until the fluid has selector through each gear range ending in 30 to 50 C cooled down about 30 minutes before P Park 3 Check the fluid level with the engine idling checking fluid level 4 Remove the dipstick 5 Wipe the dipstick clean with lint free paper 6 Reinsert the dipstick into the dipstick tube as far as it will go 7 Remove the dipstick and note the reading If the automatic transmission fluid level is within the normal operating range no addi tional fluid is required If the fluid level is low add fluid through the dipstick tube 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch
174. dows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tir
175. e ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 LRSO661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Top tether anchor for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Top tether anchor AWARNING If the cargo cover if so equipped con tacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor re move the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If th
176. e Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Instruments and controls 2 17 If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service 2 18 Instruments and controls WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the windshield washer
177. e Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and the rear hatch trunk Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors and the rear hatch trunk will be locked automatically unless one of the following opera tions is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any doors or the rear hatch trunk Engaging the ignition switch from the locked position 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2043 Hatchback Inserting the mechanical key into the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performi
178. e and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Instruments and controls 2 7 Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS waning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning l
179. e cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision A child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS0759 WRS0760 Hatchback Sedan Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the back of the rear seats hatchback model or on the rear parcel shelf sedan model Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 WRS0801 WRS0802 LRS0673 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Rear facing step 3 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach 3 For child restraints that are equippe
180. e dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the opera tion of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 7 4 Appearance and care A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly D
181. e instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 39 1 40 WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRSO0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint or head rest is removed store it ina secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is re moved See Head restraints or Adjust able headrest in this section for head re straint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information Safety Seats seat belts and suppleme
182. e is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Ca
183. e should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook in this section The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 61 MEMO 4 62 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 08 5 2 Three way CalalWSlosescavcendsavesueaseeieeswesd 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS if SO equipped 6 kee cece cece ee eens 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 05 5 5 Off road reCovely crscirenidvrntkdr irens kornera 5 5 Rapid air pressure lOSS 00 ananena 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 6 OROM SWIG Ai ae ecnadteerde nrar Goa ect EE as 5 7 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 5 7 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 9 Automatic transmission cas esdekesevestee ices was 5 9 Manual transmission 4 lt 80 eic6esneweetewenas 5 10 Ignition Switch POSHIONS 24 2 0660ceeene tee sense 5 11 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system
184. e the effectiveness of the adjustable headrests This may in crease the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with adjustable headrests All of the headrests are adjustable E Indicates the seating position is equipped with an adjustable headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or adjustable headrest Components s Adjustable headrest Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks gt A OW N Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 ae t LRS0888 LRS0889 Adjustment To raise the headrest pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Adjust the headrest so the center is level with the center of the seat occupant s ears 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Cd LRS0890 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable headrests le Pull the headrest up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 4 Remove the headrest from the seat Store the headrest properly so it is not loose in the vehicle Reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion LRS0891 Install 1 Align the headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the ad justment notc
185. e the seat belts 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front
186. e warning light Door open warning light Electric power steering warning light Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped 2 6 Instruments and controls m lt t 20 jz a m SET Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped P position selecting warning light for models with NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped 28 9 kui S E ial SERVICE ENGINE SOON vot o Ps Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light blue Low temperature indicator light blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Overdrive off indicator light A T CVT models Security indicator light Slip indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on or
187. ecified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer 9 14 Technical and consumer information Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit DETERMINING VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY The load capacity of this vehicle is deter mined by weight not by available cargo space For example a luggage rack bike carrier cartop carrier or similar equipment does not increase load carrying capacity of your vehicle To determine vehicle load capacity Vehicle weight can be determined by us ing a commercial grade scale found at places such as a truck stop gravel quarry grain elevator or a scrap metal recycling facility 1 Determine the curb weight of your vehicle 2 Compare the curb weight amount to the GVWR specified for your vehicle to determine
188. ecord name O The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access out going Incoming or missed calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle 4 58 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected
189. ed Low windshield washer fluid warning light if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped Seat belt warning light and chime na P position selecting warning light for models with NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic Transmis sion A T Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped 2 11 11 2 Illustrated table of contents 0 11 0 12 SERVICE EN SOON Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped Front passenger air bag status light Low temperature indicator light blue Malfunction Indica 2 13 tor Light MIL Overdrive OFF indi cator light A T CVT models Illustrated table of contents Security indicator light Slip indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DCA e ea E E E E E fees een ees 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Folding rear seat if so equipped 0005 1 4 Head restraints n annann aeehee sede mad 1 6 Adjustable headrest if so equipped 1 9 Seal Bele cc seeteees weds ehaaavan
190. ed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids combin des occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ib Tire and loading information label Q Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer information section 3 Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself TIRE ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PNEU TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS FRONT AVANT P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi P XXX XX RXX XXX kPa XX psi SPARE DE SECOURS T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi SEE G RNER S MANUAL FOR ADDARIGNAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTHE DETAILS SE REPORTERSRU MANUEL BU CONDUCTEUR LDI0549 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pres
191. ed oben averse 6 2 Changing a flat tev saree nce idur sense wecene nite 6 2 JUMP Starin 2204 cetn lt whe eds Ba oredeaeteee EER 6 7 PMS StaninOs 2t cSeretueeese saan etaiescueseseses 6 10 If your vehicle overheatS 0 00e eee ee 6 10 TOWING VOUr VENICIC 6iscus ete agveeteateeuvece sete 6 11 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section 6 2 Incase of emergency AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with unde
192. eeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowad
193. ehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING The Vehicle Dynamic Control system is designed to help improve driving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN approved for your vehicle or are ex tremely deteriorated the Vehicle Dy namic Control system may not operate properly This could adversely affect ve hicle handling performance and the indicator light may come on If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the Vehicle Dynamic Control system may not operate properly and the indicator light may come on When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the Vehicle Dynamic Control system may not operate properly and the indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or r
194. elected the air conditioner automatically turns on how ever the indicator light will not illuminate In this position the air conditioner cannot be turned off When the air flow control is turned to any position P other than GY or the air conditioner light will illuminate the air conditioner will con tinue operating and can be turned off using the air conditioner button This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield Operating tips Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and air inlet in front of the windshield This improves heater operation AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the button to activate the air conditioner When the air condi tioner is on cooling and dehumidifying functions are added to the heater operation The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Cooling This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air 1 Move the air intake lever to the amp _ posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rt position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 Push the A C comes on button The indicator light 5 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position For quick cooling when the outside tem perature is high move air int
195. elt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system WRS0256 WRS0761 in the rear center position both the Rear facing step 1 Rear facing step 2 center seat belt connector tongue and Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child buckle tongue must be secured See safety and Child restraints sections before in restraint and insert it into the buckle until you Attaching the rear center seat belt in stalling a child restraint hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing this section Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0
196. en the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this indicator light shows the shift selec tor position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual 2 12 Instruments and controls CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational GET Cruise set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer OFF i The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used Front passenger air bag status light For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual HO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing sig
197. ent Key from the vehicle mately 2 seconds The doors cannot be locked and push the door handle request switch The front door beep sounds for approxi The ignition switch is not in the LOCK Place the ignition switch to LOCK mately 10 seconds position The key warning light in the instrument The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you panel blinks in red and the front door warn ing beep sounds for approximately 3 seconds The front door beep sounds for approxi The Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock and close the door The ignition switch is not in the LOCK Turn the ignition knob to LOCK When opening the driver s door A warning chime sounds continuously position or the mechanical key is inserted Remove the mechanical e from the igni into the ignition knob oe ee eee knob When stopping the engine The P position warning light in the instru The shift selector is not in the P Park Make sure that the shift selector is in the P ment panel blinks in red position Park position and place the ignition switch to LOCK When turning the ignition knob The warning chime sounds The ignition switch is not in the LOCK Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position position When starting the engine The key warning light in the instrument The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one See panel b
198. er belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts
199. er replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base when handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly 2 High low Halogen Turn Front clearance light Front fog light 2 if so equipped Map lights if so equipped Interior light Luggage compartment light hatchback Trunk light sedan if so equipped High mounted stop light Inside Spoiler 2 if so equipped Hatchback 2 Rear combination light 2 Turn signal light
200. erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments T om LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors s A lt i Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch Close all doors and the rear hatch trunk Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked If a door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Silenc ing the horn beep feature later in this section for details a Unlocking doors LPD0210 Press the button on the keyfob once Only the driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position Press the if within 5 seconds button on the keyfob again All doors and the rear hatch trunk unlock The hazard warning lights flas
201. erchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Xanavi Informatics Corporation XM Radio requires subscription sold separately after first 90 days Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com Nissan Mexicana S A de C V All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Mexicana S A de C V NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the
202. erclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 6 6 Incase of emergency 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become
203. ering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk or the rear hatch closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk or the rear hatch open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded
204. es or smoking Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or severe burns After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children WDI0701 1 Remove the battery vent caps with a screw driver as shown 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 3 Reinstall the battery vent caps Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 DRIVE BELT Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent check
205. ess Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powe
206. ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 53 four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Dialing See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the l button on the steering wheel E Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the ma button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and release the amp F buttonon the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you c
207. explosion hazard ure to do so could result in damage to the Copa l wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again charging system and cause personal injury spe D O D the sequence il 7 Aiter stanina the endine carefully diecon 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle a a nect the negative cable and then the positive position the two vehicles to bring their bat A CAUTION cable teries near each other 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid e Always connect positive to positive Do not allow the two vehicles to touch and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift se lector to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park Automatic or Continuously Variable Transmission Switch off all unnec essary electrical systems lights heater air conditioner etc In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged e Automatic Transmission AT or Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage For manual transmission models never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge c
208. f test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer 5 30 Starting and driving Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care Is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped
209. f the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat 5 28 Starting and driving You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the electric power steering warning light PS illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not func tioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked b
210. first open the lid on the covered stor age bin Next connect one end of the iPod cable to the iPod and the other end of the cable to the iPod specific port on the vehicle 1 If compatible the battery of your iPod is charged during the connection to the vehicle Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod Classic 1st through 6th generation iPod Mini 1st and 2nd generation iPod Nano 1st through 3rd generation iPod Touch 1st generation iPhone 1st generation Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above Audio main operation iPod button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If another audio source Is playing and the iPod is connected press the iPod button to switch to the iPod mode If the system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod will start when the PWR button is pressed Top menu item selecting Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the interface for iPod opera tion on the audio display The items can be cho sen from the menu list screen by pressing the SEEK
211. fluid reservoir tank with windshield washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based windsheild washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank to mix the windshield washer fluid con centrate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH if so equipped The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrate
212. formance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 WDI0731 ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab D and lifting the cover up from the right side 2 then the left side 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse B 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition check the fusible links in the holders 2 and If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts For checking and replacing the fusible links in holders 2 and see a NISSAN dealer PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or
213. from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift selector to N Neutral For Automatic Transmission AT or CVT models move the shift se lector to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position when perform ing any parts replacement or repairs Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from
214. g Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 00 cece nann 9 4 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 6 Air co
215. g it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section KJ Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad juste
216. g status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the fr
217. g warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 1 55 Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be placed in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again an
218. gainst the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations A WARNING When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 1 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front impact air bag mod ules 3 Air bag Control Unit ACU 4 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag 6 Side satellite sensor 7 Seat belt with pretensioner 1 48 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front im
219. gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressu
220. gnition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch When ae Intelligent Key system warning light on AT or CVT models or ve Intel ligent Key lock warning light MIT models in the meter blinks in red and the inside warning buzzer emits a short beep be sure that the shift selector is in the P Park position AT or CVT models and the ignition switch is securely returned to the LOCK position me Intelligent Key system warning light a AT or CVT moan or the Intelligent Key lock warning light O M T models blinking in red turns off by performing the following operations Return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Place the ignition switch in the ACC po sition When the buzzer beeps 4 times continu ously check for the following The ignition switch is returned to the LOCK position The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The inside warning buzzer stops when one of the following is performed Return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Remove the mechanical key from the ig nition switch Close the doors Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting
221. h once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing the ignition switch in the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock Whenthe ff button on the keyfob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when jit has run for 25 seconds or any button is pressed on the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Using the interior light Press the button on the keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section in this manual 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely
222. h or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Befo
223. hanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through tech
224. hat entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record Name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by SOURCE P pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record Name command in this section for information about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronouncing Transfer entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then pr
225. he environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately KEYFOB if so equipped 3 Install a new battery with the facing wipe completely dry down Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows l The operational range of the keyfob ae Hold the battery by the edges Holding the extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m Open the lid using a coin battery across the contact points will seri from the vehicle This range may vary 2 Remove the battery ously deplete the storage capacity with conditions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the
226. he ignition switch without taking the key out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation LOCK PUSH OFF LSD0172 M T models A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle Starting and driving 5 7 WSD0165 Hatchback Operating range The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to turn the ignition switch to start the engine 5 8 Starting and driving WSD0191 Sedan The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 4 The luggage area hatchback or trunk se dan is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window o
227. hen the Y or Fi position is selected the air conditioner automatically turns on how ever the indicator light will not illuminate In this position the air conditioner cannot be turned off When the air flow control is turned to any position other than GY or i the air conditioner light will illuminate the air conditioner will con tinue operating and can be turned off using the air conditioner button This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield Bi level heating This mode directs cooler air from the side and center vents and warmer air from the floor outlets When the temperature control dial is moved to the full hot or full cool position the air between the vents and the floor outlets is the same tem perature 1 Move the air intake lever to position Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the ad position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Heating and defogging This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind shield 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion Hy 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position When the Y or 7 position is s
228. hes must be installed in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Properly adjust the headrest before an oc cupant uses the seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LO WWA ie Sit upright and weil back A WARNING A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can o
229. hift lock release 6 Now the vehicle may be moved to the de sired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others 5 20 Starting and driving Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the shift selector in the D Drive position the OFF light in the instrument panel illuminates See Overdrive off indicator light CVT models in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Use the Overdrive off mode when you need im proved engine braking To turn off the Overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The r indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the shift selector is shifted to any position other than D Drive the Overdrive off mode will be automati cally turned off Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the CVT will not be shifted into the selected driving position If the vehi
230. hift selector P 5 13 Defroster switch P 2 20 Climate control P 4 9 Passenger air bag status light P 1 49 Ignition switch P 5 7 Tilt steering P 3 29 Instrument brightness control P 2 22 Hood release lever P 3 23 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 27 Fuse block P 8 23 27 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 24 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES pw NS RPMx1000 i Tachometer Speedometer Fuel gauge Odometer total twin trip Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator if so equipped Trip odometer change button Instruments and controls 2 3 Resetting the trip odometer Push the change button for more than 1 second to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Odometer Twin trip odometer Speedometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed The odometer 1 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Push the change button to change the display as follows Tip A Trip B_ TripLA_ 2 4 instru
231. ice Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Vv vy Tuning Memory change radio While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C push the tuning switch Y or for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems ANTENNA The antenna should be placed in the rearward position for maximum radio reception The antenna cannot be shortened but can be folded down or removed When you need to remove the antenna turn the antenna rod coun terclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTION e Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation e Be sure that the antenna is removed before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash Be sure to fold down the antenna be fore the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN
232. icle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration LRSO100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include the Air bag Control Unit ACU crash zone sensor sat ellite sensors occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air ba
233. idle Spark plug Spark plug gap Nominal Camshaft operation NOTE HR16DE MR18DE Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 4 cylinder inline 4 cylinder inline in mm 3 071 x 3 291 78 0 x 83 6 3 307 x 3 192 84 0 x 81 1 cu in cm 97 51 1 598 109 65 1 797 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 No adjustment is necessary FXE20HE 11 FXE20HR 11 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Size Aluminum and steel 14 x 5 0JJ 15x 5 5JJ 16 x 5 5JJ Tire size Spare tire Offset in mm 1 57 40 1 57 40 1 57 40 P185 65R14 P185 65R15 P195 55R16 T125 70D15 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Body Type Overall length Overall width Overall height Front Track Rear Track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rat ing Front Rear Unit in mm Hatchback Sedan 169 2 4 297 176 1 4 473 66 7 1 695 66 7 1 695 60 5 1 538 60 5 1 538 58 3 1 480 58 3 1 480 58 5 1 485 58 5 1 485 102 4 2 600 102 4 2 600 lb kg See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the driver s side front and rear doors Ib kg Ib kg Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first
234. ift selec tor is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Move the shift selector to P Park to park the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position to remove the key P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park selector position when the ve hicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift selector button pushed in to move the shift selector from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then place the shift selector into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely sto
235. ight If this light comes on while the engine Is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the drive belt If the belt is loose broken missing or If the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately 2 8 Instruments and controls A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the drive belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Electric power steering warning light AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the power steering warning light illumi nates After starting the engine the power steer ing warning light turns off This indicates the power steering system is operational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked
236. ilable unless there is an active XM satellite radio service subscription Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If satellite radio is not operational then pressing the RADIO button will switch between FM and AM bands Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature
237. ill not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can i
238. imilar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof INTERIOR LIG
239. impact supplemental air bag P 1 41 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 41 4 Front seat belts P 1 12 5 Head Restraints P 1 6 6 Rear seat belts P 1 12 7 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 25 8 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 54 9 Seats P 1 2 10 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 41 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT Is i D N eee a Z lt L 13 121110 9 8 14 Engine hood P 3 23 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 18 Windshield P 8 21 Moonroof if so equipped P 2 33 Power windows if so equipped P 2 30 Door locks keyfob if so equipped NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped keys P 3 4 3 7 3 3 3 2 Mirrors P 3 30 Tire pressure P 8 34 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 41 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 20 Replacing bulbs P 8 29 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 20 Tie down hook P 6 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Hatchback Rear hatch opener switch NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped P 3 24 3 13 Rear window defroster switch P 2 20 Antenna P 4 46 Child safety rear door locks P
240. inches 80 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 REAR HATCH Hatchback AWARNING The rear hatch must be closed securely before driving An open rear hatch could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle See Exhaust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPENING THE REAR HATCH To open the rear hatch unlock it with one of the following operations then push the opener switch A Push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Unlock all doors using the key e Press the f button on the keyfob if equipped twice See Remote keyless entry system earlier in this section Push the rear hatch request switch or door handle request switch if equipped twice See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this section e Pressthe button on the Intelligent Key if equipped twice See NISSAN Intelligent Key earlier in this section REAR HATCH RELEASE The rear hatch release mechanism allows the rear hatch to be opened in the event of a disch
241. ind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Th
242. indshield wiper blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push and hold the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down 1 the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Rear window wiper blade Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied The rear drum type brakes self adjust every time the parking brake is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake s
243. ing E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications 9 4 Technical and consumer information Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend o
244. io 4 47 FM AM radio with compact disc CD Dla Clie s Gia on ee k a oe Ge we 4 25 FM AM radio with compact disc CD Play e 626 46 Obes He ee ew 4 29 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD Playor tat a Bae et a ae Oe we oe 4 33 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 45 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test s a bad a oe eG DB ae BO Se 9 19 Rear center seat belt 1 18 Rear power windows 2 32 Rear seat ag 2 o oo pe Eo ae ee eee A 1 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster OWC oe 2 4 ao o be oe eee eS Gone ow ee 2 20 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 19 Recorders Eventdata 0 5 ee eee 9 20 Refrigerant recommendation 9 7 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 23 1 29 1 34 1 38 Reporting safety defects US only 9 19 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seat adjustment a a oaoa aa 1 4 Seat belt Child safety Se be wm aww a alee A 1 21 Infants and small children aaa 1 22 Injured Person aaua aaa 1 15 Larger children ss s u ewur wee a ru 122 Precautions on seat beltusage 112 Pregnant women 484 1 15 Rear center seat belt 1 18 Seat belt extenders 1 20 Seat belt maintenance 1 20 Seatbelts
245. ion After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 Work around and on the side a
246. ional features For more information about the iPod player available with this system see iPod player op eration without Navigation System in this sec tion I fen gt 13 12 11 CC e4 SEEK CATEGORY VOL XM button CD insert slot Display screen CD eject button SETUP button an a CD AUX tei 2 sl 4 5 ihs 4 LHA1473 gt BACK button TUNE SCROLL knob AUDIO button Station select 1 6 buttons AUX button VOL ON OFF control knob 11 SEEK CATEGORY button 12 CD button 13 FM AM button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button Is pressed to ac cess satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio ser vice subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type B if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL ON OFF control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the VOL ON OFF control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD AUX USB or iPod that was playing imme diately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL ON OFF control knob Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone syste
247. ir bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats AWARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing de
248. ir flow control control button control control CH HOT o 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATING n QE Air passed through i heater core Air flow Air recirculation control T control emperature contro eaa aco Fan control A C button Air Fan Seeireulaton A C Temp Air flow control control button control control GH HOT HEATING amp w Air passed DEFROSTING n through DEFOGGING T 2 heater core Air flow control Air recirculation control Temperature control Air Fan recirculation A C Temp Air flow control Aranan button control control GH AUTO HOT Wo Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 COOLING if so equipped Air not passed through heater core Air flow Air recirculation control control Temperature control A C o A C button Air p Fan Temp Air flow recirculation control control control control COLD LEFT 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER if so equipped The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to
249. ire in case of a recall 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 P215 65R15 95H 65 3 R t t 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 5 Es t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Option
250. ist to display options within that category Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 FM1 P3 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 Tuning with the touchscreen When in AM or FM mode the radio can be tuned using the touchscreen To bring up the visual tuner touch the Tune key on the lower right corner of the screen A screen appears with a bar running from low frequencies on the left to high frequencies on the right Touch the screen at the location of the frequency you wish to tune and the station will change to that frequency To return to the regular radio display screen touch the OK key Tuning with the TUNE SCROLL knob The radio can also be manually tuned using the TUNE SCROLL knob When in FM or AM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to the left for lower frequencies or to the right for higher frequencies When in XM mode turn the TUNE SCROLL knob to change the channel When in FM or AM mode press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or gt to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station When in XM mode press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or gt 1 to 6 Station memory operations to change the category Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band Eighteen stations can be set for the XM band 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM
251. it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop e Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside Only attach the hook and loop fastener on the cargo cover privacy cloth to the area on the rear seatback where it is supposed to be attached Otherwise the seat surface could be damaged Instruments and controls 2 29 To remove the cargo cover A Remove the straps from the rear hatch
252. iver into the grommet hole to turn the threaded part of the grommet 90 Mount the license plate bracket using the two longer screws 3 Use the two shorter hex head screws to mount the license plate to the license plate bracket using the two M6 14 mm bolts VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a Cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo Technical and consumer information 9 13 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit sp
253. iving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic 5 6 Starting and driving AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not over react 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time
254. k for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID A CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing 4 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID AWARNING e When the engine is running keep hands jewelry and clothing away from any moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belts Automatic transmission fluid is poison ous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children LDIO0690 Automatic Transmission AT TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS FOR CHECKING The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range on the dipstick after the following conditions have been met The engine should be warmed up to op erating temperature The vehicle should be driven at least 5 minutes The automatic transmission fluid should be warmed to 122 176 F 50 80 C Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera Proenteia tures of 86 129 F 30 50 C using the yor Ak CAUTION l COLD range on the
255. kward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in P Park or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FOLDING REAR SEAT if so equipped CQ Remove the cargo cover hatchback model only from the rear seatback 2 Pull the knob to fold each seatback down AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from
256. l always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND 4 _ button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END SQ2 F button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END RF button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END sa button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly Aa noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedur
257. l child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRSO667 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in anothe
258. le The Intelligent Key warning light blinks green indicating that the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section P position selecting warning Sr light for models with NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped The light blinks red and the warning buzzer sounds if you are outside of the vehicle with the Intelligent Key and the engine is off but the shift selector is not in the P Park position When the warning light blinks place the ignition switch in the ON position move the shift selector to the P Park position then place the ignition switch in the LOCK position A Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for p
259. lerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes Technical and consumer information 9 19 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission shift selector in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are
260. lert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes
261. li le ead Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips ne specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Universal Serial Bus USB memory if so equipped This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There are some USB devices which may not be sup ported with this system Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connector Do not force
262. links in green Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When turning the ignition switch A warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is not turned to the Place the ignition switch in the LOCK A warning chime sounds continuously and LOCK position postion the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system warning light in The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle If the Intelligent Key system warning light the instrument panel illuminates red illuminates red even while you are carrying the Intelligent Key the battery is completely discharged Replace the battery with a new one See Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section When closing the doors 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly 2 Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips 3 Raise the hood 3 4 Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot Hold the coated parts A when removing or resetting the support rod Avoid direct con tact with the metal parts as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped When closing the hood return the support rod to its original position lower the hood to approxi mately 12
263. lity A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occu pants However all of the information cau tions and warnings in this manual still ap ply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed
264. lock at the center of the trunk lid FUEL FILLER DOOR WPD0372 Rear tank opener OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler lid release is located below the instrument panel To open the fuel filler lid pull the release To lock close the fuel filler lid se curely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill
265. loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire in the vehicle 6 Install the jack in its storage area and tighten the jack strap 7 Place the spare tire cover and the floor cov ering over the damaged tire 8 Close the hatch or trunk AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual
266. lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse NOTE The fuse box is located on the driver s side of the instrument panel 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 1 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 2 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts WDI0452 LDIO0456 Type A Type B 4 If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob There is danger of explosion if a lithium bat tery Is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent 4 Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the Bi button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 An improperly disposed battery can hurt t
267. ls which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such inter ference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should
268. mage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 33 MEMO 5 34 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Pat Ses saw caterer ecntnaceshuapes ake oes citer eae 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS so COUID DEG wcanenciwenenckenesaa
269. ments and controls The gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle A CAUTION if the vehicle runs out of fuel the ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as z possible After a few driving trips O the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer LIC0964 For additional information see Mal TACHOMETER FUEL GAUGE function Indicator Light MIL later in E this section The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level lutions per minute rom Do not rev the engine in the tank into the red zone 1 The gauge may move slightly during braking A CAUTION turning acceleration or going up or down hills When engine speed approaches the red The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en ignition switch is placed in the OFF position oine ee etek Ue ees i the The low fuel warning light comes on when the red zone may cause serious engine f vel ied ki damage amount of tuel In the tank Is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty Instruments and controls 2 5 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light if so equipped BRAKE Brake warning light Charg
270. ms 4 33 Turn the VOL ON OFF control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Vol ume for audio When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Bass ommno Treble ammo Balance lt mD Fade A mo Audio settings Press the SETUP button to display the audio settings on the screen These settings can also be displayed by pressing the AUDIO button TUNE SCROLL knob Use the touchscreen to adjust the following items to the desired setting Bass Treble Balance and Fade Controls the sound of the audio system Balance adjusts the sound between the left and right speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems anin Mn Balance Fade Speed Volume AUX Level Speed Volume Controls the level to which the volume is adjusted as the vehicle s driving speed changes Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose O to disable the feature entirely AUX Level Controls the volume level of incoming sound when an auxiliary device is connected to the system Available options are Quiet Medium and Loud FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the audio source play ing will aut
271. n When towing Automatic Transmission AT or Continuously Variable Transmis sion CVT or manual transmission M T models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual trans missions M T only Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle WCE0132 Front if so equipped Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious per sonal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle e Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 SCE0578 Rear Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point 6 14 Incase of emergency If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks fo
272. n one of the following is performed Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK position Removing the mechanical key Closing the doors When the Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models in the instrument panel blinks Make sure the shift selector is in gear Make sure the ignition switch Is in the LOCK position Alarm and warning when the engine Starts When the Intelligent Key system warning light E blinks red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Warning for low battery power When the Intelligent Key battery is low the Intel ligent Key system warning light i will blink green for about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one Refer to Battery replacement in the Main tenance and do it yourself section NISSAN recommends replacing the battery at a NISSAN dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will warn you when the door is closed Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE When pushing the door handle request The front door beep sounds for approxi Take out the Intellig
273. n the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When 44 is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press 44 several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 TRACK RPT Normal 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while the com pact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows RDM lt Normal RDM Tracks from the disc that is currently play ing will be played randomly 4 CD EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on LHA1225 1 X MUTE button 6 iPod button 2 DISP TEXT button 7 AUX button 3 FM AM button 8 CLOCK button 4 CD button 9 CD eject button 5 CD insert slot 10
274. n the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level Q If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL LDIO689 HR16DE engine CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine
275. na 8 18 Drive Dell a eraes serere e risun ena erai neka raa de 8 18 SPAK PUGS es cdaveneaeaw ay nET EEANN eee 8 19 Replacing spark plugS a 2 nccse2eebeutiueeesa 8 19 Air cleane xen seq udieds bie raea E E bee E 8 20 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 20 Windshield wiper blades 00 0e sees 8 21 CICAGING eea S 8 21 Eea n e E E E E E sete ce 8 21 EEEL e EE T L T E E 8 22 P O aeee r E EREE e E cess 8 23 Engine compartment cnscsndeses penn ee pcceeees 8 24 Passenger compartment 0 eee eee eee 8 25 Battery replacement 0 cece eee eee eee 8 26 Keyfob if so equipped cece eee ees 8 27 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 8 28 Eaa a o vaseuenuuessenaeeke ater eeradeeeuaeeases 8 29 PICAGIIQNIS f2262tbseneseecaecubdce re eseeereee 8 29 Exterior and interior lightS 0005 8 30 Wheels and tires 2c20c8s54nteandG eee cen esteeesieas 8 34 Tire DleSeUG es excep eects ele pinkka eres 8 34 Trelabelng oss ccceseueesecheceetenseoeaessse 8 38 Types Ol Wes urise eee es enas repite aenar e 8 40 MWe cha aarin ereraa eee EENE RE EE E 8 41 Changing wheels and tires 22 05 8 41 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designed to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mec
276. nadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the WRS0756 center rear seating position using WRS0700 the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH lower anchor location LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers 1 LATCH lower anchor location Inspect the lower anchors by insert for CHildren SYSTEM ing your fingers into the lower anchor The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear area Feel to make sure there are no of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors obstructions over the anchors such attached to the seatback to help you locate the as seat belt webbing or seat cushion LATCH lower anchors material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as th
277. nal is activated Low temperature indicator light blue The low temperature indicator light illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is low When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the low temperature indicator light illu minates and then turns off after the engine cool ant has warmed up If the low temperature indicator light stays illumi nated after the engine has sufficiently warmed up it may indicate the low temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction ENGINE SERVICE OON The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the SUE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection
278. ncrease the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger air bag and status light A WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident 1 49 Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located near the climate controls The light oper ates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and
279. nd hold the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed Random and repeat play mode While the iPod is playing the play pattern can be altered so that songs are repeated or played randomly Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the iPod When the random mode is active the icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which random pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no 3S icon is displayed Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the iPod When the repeat mode is active the J icon is displayed to the left of the song title or album name to denote which repeat pattern is applied To cancel Repeat kk 1 Y mode touch the Repeat key untilno J icon is displayed LHA1498 USB INTERFACE if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Open the protective cover 1 on the USB jack then insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio
280. ndards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdo men The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster sea
281. nditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations cece eee neran 9 7 SDE CINCOUOCNSe ierre eE EREE ones 9 8 NOUN aa A eens od one E E E A E 9 8 Wheels and tires 6n0is0nce te cea aanne 9 9 Dimensions and weights sssusa aaa 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COURUY aucas ecu Gatee enema agate enai 9 10 Vehicle identification 0 000 cece cee eee 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 46 604 duoc Saxueedwe deawdewe 9 10 Engine serial number 2 02200e 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Installing front license plate if so equipped 9 13 Vehicle loading information 2 05 9 13 TeGies sen dnucetene dees bee eaieneerce weet aes 9 13 Determining vehicle load capacity 9 14 LOAGING DS sce scencactedsDaeeciceenedsaced sa 9 16 Measurement of weights 0 5 9 16 TOW IG a allele ceeucvesontrosecseynsceneassutues ey 9 17 Plat TOWN es ciapa aea AE E E A 9 17 Uniform tire quality grading a 0e0 0ece enheeeces aan 9 17 Emission control system warranty 0 9 18 Reporting safety defects US only 05 9 19 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M
282. ng one of the follow ing Operations Placing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion SPA2044 Sedan Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the rear hatch trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Ay a Locking doors WPD0359 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 2 Close all doors and the rear hatch trunk 3 Press the Key button on the Intelligent 4 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once 5 All doors and the rear hatch trunk will be locked NOTE Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open A CAUTION After
283. ng position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories Intelligent Key system only PUSH ON The ignition switch will be unlocked while carrying the Intelligent Key START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Starting and driving 5 11 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently a
284. nge becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Sedan If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Locking doors OPERATION 1 Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi You can lock or unlock the doors without taking tion Remove the key if any key is in the the key out of y
285. nger use a forward facing child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Teth ers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child Restraints section for more in formation NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat 1 21 This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Sta
286. nical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on tt You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas
287. njury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system ground clear ance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to acci dents and could result in serious per sonal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with whee
288. ns on child restraints 1 23 1 29 1 34 1 38 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 27 Child safety rear door lock 3 7 Chimes audible reminders 2 14 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 CIOGK a a Sea ee ek ee ee a OG 4 26 4 29 Clutch CUT TUG e 2 a ae 2a at we or A oe 8 15 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Cold weather driving 5 32 Compact disc CD player 4 27 4 31 4 36 Console box 2 aa ee ee ee 2 28 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 17 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT HUIS he amp eon eee eee ee ae oe tes 8 13 Driving with Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 0 5 17 Control panel buttons 4 2 Brightness contrast button 4 8 Enter button 200 4 2 Setting DUHON e s s saa 48689 oe wea 4 5 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 45 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 9 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aoao 9 2 Changing engine coolant aaa 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection 005 7 5 Cruise COnmol as owa Sw ed wre dd Geek 5 24 Cup holders i crois 2 86224 22 e 8a 6 2 27 Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 1 52 10 2 D Daytime running light system Canada only
289. ntal restraint system If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is Interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor earlier in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 4 may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact
290. nter the speaker adaptation mode or press the SOURCE PHONE END sa button to select a dif ferent language 3 Press the pa button For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the l button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 Ifyou decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone A The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone
291. o avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exh
292. o not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a fl
293. obilizer system 2217 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 Switch operation lt 5 ve4ne lt aes cun e4 hese Pesca ge 2 18 Rear window wiper and washer switch if so equipped car seectauseeneentend sesaeusee er 2 19 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch siexwna wed odednrediacee tee tawed smd 2 20 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 20 Headlight Control switch a2 6 vce cw dess Sieeee be 2 20 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 21 Instrument brightness control 005 2 22 T m signal switch 24 cee o tn Poste ee hee ntan nee nel 2 22 Fog light switch if so equipped 6 2 22 Hazard warning flasher switch 0 0005 2 23 Te LETTET E ETE E ATE EEIE ETTET 2 23 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped lt lt cdunnovedeardaeamescesed eee as 2 24 Foweroullel cctcdctacdeencadeeeseeteeehsaca seu 2 2 24 SEES 5 coy ee uneeuenseeaens bowen nee seen ceenes 2 25 Map DOCKC Seat hcaeceaceseet ERa a a 2 25 orage UAVS eresi rrera nr AARAA R EARE INE IS E EARR 2 25 Sunglasses holder if so equipped 2 26 Gup holders 5 scent cette saese antec aes ue 2 27 GlOVe DOC i 3 cia ce cecente diene wceieescaaiees 2 28 Console box if so equipped 0000es 2 28 Covered storage bin eee ee eee eee 2 29 Cargo cover if so equipped Hatchback models only e0 eee eeeeaes 2 29 WIC
294. od Player ic a we oe ks w a ee ke 4 39 4 41 ISOFIX child restraints 1225 J SUMP SIanING nh ot be ee oo a 6 7 K Keyfob battery replacement 8 26 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 16 Keys Except Intelligent Key 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 3 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 12 C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serialnumber 9 11 F M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Warning labels for SRS 1 55 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren OSC 46 Mine he es 8 ee ee ee 1 25 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light 1 55 2 11 Brake light See stop light 8 30 Bulb check instrument panel 2 7 Bulb replacement 8 30 Charge warning light 2 8 Fog light switch 30 amp aa ed db Ba 2 22 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 20 Headlight control switch 2 20 Headlights 0004 8 29 interior lighis s s si to x we ee aoe ewe aaa 2 35 LORE BUIDS s see a Be ee Oh ee Be we 8 29 Low tire pressure warning light 2 9 Low windshield washer fluid warning NG rs
295. oded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP38 WMA CD is encoded the text is displayed listing the artist album and song title There are other keys displayed on the screen when a CD is playing Oc MP3 XXXXXXXX gt G J XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX X Xx Random Touch the Random key to apply a random play pattern to the CD When the random mode is active the icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touch ing Random alternates between randomly play ing songs within the current folder and songs from the CD as a whole The gt _ icon is dis played to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Random mode touch the Random key until no gt icon is displayed Oco MP3 XXXXXXXX O JD XXXXXXXX KE XXXXXXXX x xx Browse Repeat Touch the Repeat key to apply a repeat play pattern to the CD When the repeat mode is active the 3 icon will be displayed to the left of the song title If an MP3 CD is playing touch ing Repeat alternates between repeating the current song and repeating the current folder The icon Is displayed to the left of the song title or folder name to denote which pattern is applied To cancel Repeat mode touch the Re peat key until no O icon is displayed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 Browse Touch the B
296. oe ee Se E we E ae are 2 10 Passenger air bag and status light 1 49 Security indicator light 2 13 TUNK IOME 6 4 4 2 ae cw ee ee a 2 37 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders fie he ee aye ee ww 2 6 Lights Map lights a a ae 2 36 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 7 Door lockS aoaaa aaa aa 3 4 3 5 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 27 Power door locks naaa aaa aaa 3 6 Low fuel warning light aaau 2 9 Low tire pressure warning light a aaa 2 9 Low windshield washer fluid warning light 2 10 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 13 M Maintenance General maintenance aooaa aaa 8 2 Inside the vehicle 004 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 20 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 13 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 10 4 Manual windowS aoaaa aaa 2 33 Map MOINS s a sse oe edi ee ee o 2 36 Map POCKGL ss s s asio aa t a Oe 2 25 Meters and gauges 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 22 Mirror Inside Mirror sauce we ed wwe awe ew 8 3 30 Outside mirrors 2 2 2 ee eee 3 30 Vanity KOR gt s e s ate aS eee wae a 3 30 MOONFOOT ss e i s avd p b wd mw ee dws 2 33 N NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 10 3 13 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SVSIEN 4 4 ook ee Bl oe oo 2 17 3
297. omatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator ST is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception XM band select Pressing the XM button will change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the last station played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on O 7 CAT XXXXX 6 CH XXXXX XXXXXXXX D XXXXXXXX While the radio is in XM mode the operation can be controlled through the touchscreen Touch the Channels key to display a list of channels Touch a channel displayed on the list to change to that channel Touch the Categories key to display a list of categories Touch a category displayed on the l
298. ompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 57 The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry R
299. on trol system piled Overdrive off indicator light A T CVT models The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For additional information see Driving the ve hicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Security indicator light For vehicles without Intelligent Key This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position For vehicles with Intelligent Key This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position with the key removed from the ignition switch The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational Instruments and controls 2 13 For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or does not go off have the VDC system checked by a NISSAN dealer Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch i
300. on SA mode 0005 4 59 Manual COM Olevavetedseedc che cataeuececeae ese 4 60 Troubleshooting guide 2ic2 sesbeedeedeseeess 4 61 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it ee i NAV TRAF or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately MAP SETUP and contact your nearest NISSAN r dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical 5 BACK e VOL TUNE SCROLL PUSH shock A CAUTION E Do not use this system if you notice any ON OFF AUDIO abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the sys tem may result in accident fire or electric shock SETUP button P 4 5 5 BACK button 1 2 brightness control button 6 2 7 3 MAP button 8 TUNE SCROLL knob 9 Display screen NAV button 5 TRAF button 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Power button Volume control knob For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or A
301. on G moves v Display Select the Display key to adjust the appearance of the display The following settings can be adjusted Brightness The brightness of the display can be set to Very Bright Bright Default Dark or Very Dark Touch the Brightness key to cycle through the options Display Mode The display can be adjusted to fit the level of lighting in the vehicle Touch the Display Mode key to cycle through the options Day and 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Night modes are suited for the respective times of day while Automatic controls the display automatically Scroll Direction The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted Choose either up or down Time Format Use GPS Clock set Clock Manually Daylight Savings Time Clock Select the Clock key to adjust the time and the appearance of the clock on the display The fol lowing settings can be adjusted Time Format The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours Use GPS Clock When this setting is activated the clock is set and continually updated via the GPS used by the Navigation System set clock Set Clock Manually When this setting Is activated the clock can be set manually Touch the or key to adjust the hours and minutes up or down Daylight Savings Time When this setting is activated daylight savings time i
302. on sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension de tected on the seat belt the Advanced Air Bag System determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN
303. on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment NOTE Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting and driving 5 17 Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before shifting the selector to the P Park position The CVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed 5 18 Starting and driving To move the shift selector Push the button A while depressing the m brake pedal Push the button A to shift cy Shift without pushing button A Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector from P Park to any of the desired shift positions AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the sh
304. ongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated by the gt and lt marks The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in this section AWARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop 1 19 Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul der belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The should
305. ont passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system 1 51 Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious per
306. oor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s and passenger s side floor mats have a grommet hole incorporated in them Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying t
307. or is exposed to fluids other than water evaporative residue may cause a short between the connector pins In this case replace the cable otherwise damage to the iPod and a loss of function may occur 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems If the cable is damaged insulation cut con nectors cracked contamination such as liq uids dust dirt etc in the connectors do not use the cable and contact a NISSAN dealer to replace the cable with a new one When not in use for extended periods of time store the cable in a clean dust free environment at room temperature and with out direct sun exposure Do not use the cable for any other purposes other than its intended use in the vehicle iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries oO 2 lS 12 PWR button 13 MENU button 14 RPT button 15 gt CD fast forward button 16 gt CD seek track button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section Audio main operation PWR button and VOL control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position then press the PWR button If you listen to the radio with the engine not running turn the key to the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off resumes playing
308. ore than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Sides Adjust air flow open close 4 Adjust air flow direction SAA1178 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER manual AWARNING The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 OF Ol Air intake lever Outside air circulation Air recirculation Type A Air intake lever Outside air circulation Air recirculation Type B MAX A C if so equipped Air flow control dial Fan control dial Air conditioner button if so equipped Temperature control dial CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the fan on and off and controls fan speed Air flow control dial The air flow cont
309. ould cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle 6 10 Incase of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by a red high temperature warning light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift selector to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park AT or CVT Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or loosen
310. our pocket or bag ignition switch When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you 2 Close all doors and the rear hatch trunk can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch or rear hatch trunk request switch within the range of operation 3 Push any door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All doors and the rear hatch trunk will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 NOTE Doors lock with the door handle request switch or rear hatch trunk request switch while a mechanical key is in the ignition switch or the ignition switch is pushed in Doors lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2043 Hatchback Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk re quest switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key SPA2044 Sedan
311. p starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it 6 8 Incase of emergency If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis charged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key or the valet key Connect the jumper cables to an other vehicle as in the case of a dis charged battery and then the ignition knob can be moved from the LOCK po sition Then jump start the vehicle Vehicle being jump started e Make sure the jumper cables do not Ey touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes For Intelligent Key system equipped models use the mechanical key to start the engine 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve N hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en i Vehicle with gine of the vehicle being jump started battery for EE hooster A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so A WARNING aguipped Cover the balter with an old DE than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and Always follow the instructions below Fail cloth to reduce
312. pact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors occupant clas sification sensor pressure sensor and passen ger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light w
313. part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you SO you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 29 Air bag See supplemental restraint system Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag System e s si 446 d 4 lt 1 48 Side and curtain See supplemental si
314. pped before selecting R Reverse position R Reverse speed is limited to 30 MPH 48 km h Do not exceed 30 MPH 48 km h in the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be de pressed and the shift selector button pushed in to move the shift selector from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L Low position in any other circum stances Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector release the shift lock The shift selector can be moved to N Neutral To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake Starting and driving 5 19 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push downward 5 Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position while holding down the s
315. r inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the transmission into P Park or the manual transmission into R Reverse 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to
316. r This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Overdrive switch Each time your vehicle is started the transmis sion is automatically reset to overdrive ON ON With the engine running and the shift selector in the D Drive position the transmission upshifts into Overdrive as vehicle speed increases Overdrive does not engage until the engine has reached operating temperature OFF For driving up and down long slopes where engine braking is nec essary push the Overdrive switch once The or indicator light in the instrument panel will illuminate When cruising at a low speed or climbing a gentle slope you may feel uncomfortable shift shocks as the transmission shifts into and out of Overdrive repeatedly In this case push the Over drive switch to turn the Overdrive off The OFF indicator light in the instrument panel will illumi nate When driving conditions change push the Over drive switch to turn the Overdrive on The OFF indicator light in the instrument panel will turn off Remember not to drive at high speeds for ex tended periods of time with the Overdrive off This reduces fuel economy Fail safe When the fail safe operation is activated the A T will be locked in third gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occu
317. r even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case Place the shift selector in the P Park position A T Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal op erating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depress ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown
318. r season add a windshield washer antifreeze Fol low the manufacturer s instructions for the mix ture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Fluid Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank with washer fluid con centrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks flam
319. r is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer if so equipped The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found The ignition switch is not returned to the LOCK position when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve hicle when operating the vehicle Any doors are not closed securely when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system if so equipped NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm
320. r oil as soon as it is available If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S or Matic D ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations For further details see Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual See your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for service Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Us
321. r seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly behind the child restraint 3 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details WRS0475 WRS0759 Forward facing step 10 Hatchback 10 If the child restraint is installed in the frot INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag hatchback model status light should illuminate If this First secure the child restraint with the LATCH light is not illuminated see Front passenger lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only air bag and status light in this section or the seat belt as applicable Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer 1 If necessary raise or remove the headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the headrest is removed After the child restraint is remove
322. r towing or vehicle recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive CVT and AT models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive CVT and AT models or 1st Low and R Reverse M T models e Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior sas caronaadhenwaen a ane ee eewe eeknas 722 Air fresheners ane couch esdeas eer erred caddeweeact 7 4 NV ASMING on ctuwees eeeoeaetsus chia eeen eee een E 7 2 POON NaS E oe E E E E E ean 7 4 WANG eeii piae anena e oaa DA os 7 2 Deal EET ET 7 5 REMOVING SPOlS 024 usn
323. rate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch Manual folding outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it Heated mirrors Canada only if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility Push the rear window defroster switch to activate the heat ing function Push the switch again to deactivate or the heating function will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 MEMO 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 005 4 2 How to use the touch screen 4 3 How to use the back button 0 5 4 5 How to use the SETUP button 4 5 MID button 0 eee cee cece eee eee ees 4 8 VOLS EEE N EE E E TEEN OE 4 8 Heater and air conditioner manual 0005 4 9 CONOIS nein aeeyuseecanteareaseaeceeceues shee 4 10 Heater operation os svcekcese arrana nrnna 4 11 Air conditioner operation if so equipped 4 12 Air low Charis iie vad coctec dense bSe8 ee de ane etd 4 13 Servicing air conditioner if so equipped 4 16 Au
324. re taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can con duct it for you AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine the low temperature indi cator light 4 illuminates in blue Allow the engine to idle until the low temperature indicator light s goes out indicating normal operating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Acce
325. re telltale illuminates you should stop and check all 4 tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or
326. recautions on seat belt usage a Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details see Supplemental restraint sys Instruments and controls 2 11 tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS oF Automatic Transmission A T Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light if so equipped Wh
327. recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www ni
328. release the rear center portion of the holder A WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LICO972 Front CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident LIC0973 Rear Type A instruments and controls 2 27 Sty LICO974 LICO975 SIC2861 Rear Type B if so equipped GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX if so equipped Lower the rear center armrest to access the cup holders Open the glove box by pulling the handle Fold down C the console box To open the console box pull up on the lever A WARNING and raise the lid BSS p aiove PemNe close SEIS T close push the lid down until the lock latches help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop NOTE Do not fold the console box up when it is used for storage 2 28 Instruments and controls LICO976 COVERED STORAGE BIN Raise the lid to access the storage bin CARGO COVER if so equipped Hatchback models only AWARNING e Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on
329. removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the shift selector is in the P Park position If the shift selector is not returned to P Park position the ignition switch cannot be moved to the LOCK position Starting and driving 5 9 To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift selector to the P Park posi tion with the ignition switch in the ON posi tion 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the shift selector is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key The shift selector is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to OFF position Q or if the key is removed from the switch 5 10 Starting and driving The shift selector can be moved if the igni tion switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder WSD0052 Type A MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch
330. reset to 8 00 If the buttons were pressed while the time was between 8 30 and 8 59 the display will be reset to 9 00 At the same time the display will return to the audio FM AM radio operation FM AM button Press the FM AM button to change from AM gt FM reception The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception AN y TUNE SEEK buttons Manual tuning Pressthe or button for less than 0 5 seconds for manual tuning SEEK tuning Press the M or button for more than 1 5 seconds to seek through the frequencies Seek tuning begins from low to high frequencies or high to low frequencies depending on which button is pressed and stops at the next broad casting station Once the highest broadcasting station is reached the radio continues in the seek mode at the lowest broadcasting station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of AM or FM stations 1 Press the PRESET A B C button to change between storage banks The radio displays the icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets are active 2 Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select
331. rifts Extra windshield washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Da
332. rol GEAR MPH km h HR16DE MR18DE 1st 29 44 29 47 2nd 50 80 51 83 3rd 73 118 74 120 4th Sth 6th PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift selector in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident dO Oy WSD0169 To engage Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift selector in the N Neutral position Automatic Transmission AT or Con tinuously Variable Transmission CVT models Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button 8 and lower the lever completely Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 23 CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped ACCEL RES g 1 COAST SET g 2 CANCEL 3 ON OFF 4 ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL lf the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to w
333. rol dial allows you to select the air flow outlets gt Air flows from center and side vents ip Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 74 Air flows mainly from foot outlets wi Air flows from defroster out lets and foot outlets Air flows mainly from defroster outlets Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air To lower the temperature turn the dial to the left To increase the temperature turn the dial to the right Fresh air Move the air intake lever to the position The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle cB Air recirculation Move the air intake lever to the CS position to recirculate air inside the vehicle Use the E gt selection when driving on a dusty road to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas senger compartment for maximum cooling when using the air con ditioner A C Air conditioner button if so equipped Start the engine turn the fan control dial to the desired position and push the C button to turn on the air conditioner The indicator light comes on when the air conditioner is operating To turn off the air conditioner push the button again The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Rear window defroster switch For more information abo
334. rowse key to display the titles on the CD in list format Touch the title of a song in the list to begin playing that song If an MP3 CD is playing touching the Browse key will also list the folders on the disc Follow the procedure for selecting a song with the touchscreen to choose a folder a Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button or gt for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the com pact disc returns to normal play speed SEEK CATEGORY Reverse or Fast Forward button EE P gt SEEK caTEGoRY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CATEGORY button gt while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems LHA1497 AUX button The AUX IN jack is located in the storage area above the audio system 1
335. rse or Fast Forward button CD When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button amp fast forward or Y reverse is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the com pact disc returns to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 fast forward or Y reverse is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is play ing the folders in the CD will change When the TUNE FF REW FOLDER button 4 fastforward or reverse is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed W SEEK TRACK button When the SEEK TRACK button 4 iS pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press the SEEK TRACK button amp several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances one additional track The track number appears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When the SEEK TRACK button IS pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press the SEEK TRACK button several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pres
336. rtrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated WCE0194 WCE0195 A AT or CVT A AT or CVT M T M T 6 12 Incase of emergency A CAUTION Never tow Automatic Transmission AT or Continuously Variable Transmission CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive dam age to the transmission If it is neces sary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing Automatic Transmission AT or Continuously Variable Transmis sion CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when towing manual transmission M T models with the front wheels on the ground Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Move the shift selector to the N Neutral positio
337. ry or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints All of the head restraints are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Components 1 Head restraint Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks ch LRS0888 LRS0889 Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of the seat occupant s ears Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Cd LRS0890 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seating position LRS0891 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches 1 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Properly adjust the head restraint before an oc
338. s Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Automatic Transmission AT or Continu ously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift selector in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer
339. s seat belts and supplemental restraint system the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints or Adjust able headrest in this section for head re straint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not instal
340. s activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on 2 14 Instruments and controls BO Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped This indicator light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the Vehicle Dynamic Control sys tem is not operating Push the Vehicle Dynamic Control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 sec onds if the system Is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dy namic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s doo
341. s may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water Instruments and controls 2 19 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH LICO388 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster 2 20 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIC2745 SIC3019 Type A Type B HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH A CAUTION Lighting Use the headlights with the engine run _ ning to avoid discharging the vehicle C When turning the switch to the P9 posi _ battery tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on Headlight beam select To select the high beam
342. s of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer 3 2 WDI0695 WDI0638 HR16DE engine MR18DE engine 1 Water pump 1 Automatic tensioner 2 Generator 2 Generator 3 Crankshaft pulley 3 Water pump 4 Air conditioner compressor if so 4 Air conditioner compressor if so equipped equipped 5 Manual tensioner 5 Crankshaft pulley A Tension checking point AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts or fraying If the belt is in poor condition have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs if so equipped It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING
343. s on Touch the Daylight Savings Time key to toggle the setting on or off Time Zone Choose the applicable time zone from the list English Fran ais Espa ol Language Select the Language key to adjust the language used by the system The language can be set to English Fran ais or Espa ol Touch click Select the Touch Click key to toggle the touch click feature on or off When activated a click sound will be heard every time a key on the screen is touched Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 VENTS Beep tones Select the Beep Tones key to toggle the beep tones feature on or off When activated a beep sound will be heard when a pop up message appears on the screen or a button on the unit such as the 4 2 button is pressed and held for two seconds Reset all settings memory Select the Reset All Settings Memory key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory Traffic setup SAA1176 SAA1177 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own Center Center upper er s Manual for information regarding this item lt gt BUTTON To change the display brightness press the lt gt button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 2 button for m
344. s possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints and headrests if so equipped Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 5 12 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 AT or CVT model Move the shift selector to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission model Move the shift selector to N Neutral De press the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Intelligent Key system models Slowly push and turn the ignition switch wee the Intelligent Key system warning light oO in the meter illuminates in green the i
345. sed the CD moves back one track Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 SCAN RPT button When the SCAN RPT button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD REPEAT TRACK RANDOM TRACK RE PEAT DISC CD with MP3 or WMA REPEAT FOLDER REPEAT TRACK RAN DOM TRACK RANDOM FOLDER REPEAT DISC REPEAT TRACK the current track will be re peated RANDOM TRACK all tracks on the disc will be played randomly REPEAT DISC play pattern returns to normal REPEAT FOLDER the current folder will be re peated RANDOM FOLDER all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the front of the radio The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a por table cassette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack amp EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Addit
346. see shi REPTERA 1 12 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 12 Pregnant women cccccnsceeews ee arraren rnnr 1 15 Injured persons crscrredsriserodroristrieswrias 1 15 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 15 Seat belt extenders 0 0 cee eee eee 1 20 Seat belt maintenance 2 00e eee 1 20 CHING Sale essan E ween ENRE Ee Ea 1 21 WARIS E E E E E A E E E 1 22 Small children secesi rosses weeds ee ars eats wee ees 1 22 Larger children 4 2 0 witttn teen sdeeeteneceeeaws 1 22 Child restraints s n unuau 1 23 Precautions on child restraints 4 1 23 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System ccevesnceerssancebetesedises 1 25 Rear facing child restraint installation using EAR eerror eR E 1 27 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat Dells e0cccewesdvaaceeetaendeaecewnn ee 1 29 Forward facing child restraint installation Using LATOM i casceveicuattipantes ENA eE 1 32 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts is2decedciwdewweewee cde be 1 34 Installing top tether strap hatchback model 1 37 Installing top tether strap Sedan model 1 38 Booster Seals iwc nhunias hele cavewon euae eects 1 38 Supplemental restraint system 0 0 c eee eee eee 1 41 Precautions on supplemental restraint SVSICM icvcewieed ot erene EIEN NAE nE ENN 1 41 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 55
347. sh the button A while depressing the m brake pedal Push the button A to shift cy Shift without pushing button A Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal push the shift selector button and move the shift selector out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift se lector is in any position while the en gine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unex pectedly or roll away and result in seri ous personal injury or property damage If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position and the key cannot be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Move the shift selector to P Park to park the vehicle and place the ignition switch in the LOCK position 3 Remove the key P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park position when the vehi
348. sition Pull the lock lever up to lock the steering wheel in place A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident SUN VISORS To block out glare from the front swing down the sun visor Q To block glare from the side disconnect the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 VANITY MIRRORS if so equipped To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and slide the mirror cover open Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror cover is open 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects REARVIEW MIRROR The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity Manual control type if so equipped The outside mirror can be moved in any direction for a better rear view Electric control type if so equipped The outside mirror remote control will ope
349. sonal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unau thorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair faci
350. ssan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine
351. ssion Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 6 speed M T Genuine NISSAN gear oil XT4447 M 75W80 Genuine NISSAN gear oil ETL8997B 75W80 or equivalent 3 Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 4 Genuine NISSAN CVT fluid NS 2 5 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 6 or equivalent DOT 3 Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Liter Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 7 Air conditioning system oil M T and A T NISSAN A C System Oil Type R or equivalent 7 CVT NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent 7 Windshield washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp An a bP Bs 4 5 6 7 8 Q tifreeze or equivalent For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations Use Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality in order to avoid possible aluminum corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non genuine engine coolant Note that any repairs for incidents within the engine cooling system while using non genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period If Genuine NISSAN gear oil is not available API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 80 may be used as a temporary replacement However use Genuine NISSAN gea
352. stem speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49 This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be
353. sure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped or Tire Placard if so equipped Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure Front Original Tire P185 65R14 P185 65R15 P195 55R16 230 kPa 33 PSI 230 kPa 33 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI Rear Original Tire P185 65R14 P185 65R15 P195 55R16 T125 70 15 420 kPa 60 PSI 230 kPa 33 PSI 230 kPa 33 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the t
354. sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints later in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the lat
355. switch P 2 20 gt 20 19 181716 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 45 4 48 Driver s supplemental air bag horn P 1 41 2 23 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 24 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 18 2 19 Audio system if so equipped P 4 17 Covered storage bin P 2 25 iPod outlet if so equipped P 4 39 USB interface if so equipped P 4 43 Center ventilator P 4 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 23 Passenger s supplemental air bag P 1 41 Glove box P 2 28 Side ventilator P 4 8 Navigation system if so equipped P 4 2 Cup holders P 2 27 Shift selector P 5 13 Defroster switch P 2 20 Climate control P 4 9 Passenger air bag status light P 1 49 Ignition switch P 5 7 Tilt steering P 3 29 Instrument brightness control P 2 22 Hood release lever P 3 23 Fuel filler lid release lever P 3 27 Fuse block P 8 23 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 27 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 24 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 8 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS HR16DE Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake and clu
356. t If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts later in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seri ously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicl
357. t can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certi fying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front sea
358. t if so equipped Type B completely secured in the latched posi re Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal Pull the knob C to fold each seatback down tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci When returning the seatback to the upright posi dent or sudden stop tion make sure the seat belt is routed through the e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys guide A Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 HEAD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Head restraints supplement the other ve hicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in cer tain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been re moved If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seat ing position Failure to follow these in structions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious inju
359. t distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type R automatic and manual transmission only Type S CVT only or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idle speed M T CVT or A T in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at
360. t selector into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road condi tions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1219 mJ GEAR CHANGE MPH km h HR16DE MR18DE 1st to 2nd 15 24 8 13 2nd to 3rd 25 40 17 27 3rd to 4th 40 64 25 40 Ath to 5th 45 72 36 58 5th to 6th 51 82 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas and high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1219 m Gear change MPH km h HR16DE MR18DE 1st to 2nd 15 24 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 45 72 5th to 6th 51 82 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle cont
361. t system 1 33 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching the rear center seat belt in this section ee WRSO0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in 1 34 Safety Seat
362. tch 1 fluid reservoir P 8 15 Air cleaner P 8 20 Battery P 8 16 Fuse fusible link box P 8 23 Automatic transmission fluid ATF dipstick 2 P 8 13 Radiator cap P 8 8 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Drive belt location P 8 18 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 For Manual Transmission M T model For Automatic Transmission A T model See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 9 0 10 Illustrated table of contents MR18DE Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir P 8 15 Air cleaner P 8 20 Battery P 8 16 Fuse fusible link box P 8 23 Automatic Continuously variable transmission fluid ATF dipstick 2 P 8 13 Radiator cap P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Drive belt location P 8 18 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 For Manual Transmission M T model For Automatic Transmission A T model Continuously Variable Transmission CVT model See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Anti lock Braking System ABS warn ing light if so equipped Brake warning light Door open warning light Electric power steering warning light High temperature warning light red Low tire pressure warning light if so equipp
363. tenance and do it yourself section of this manual NISSAN Intelligent Key lock warning light M T models if SO equipped When the ignition switch is left in the OFF posi tion instead of completely placing it in the LOCK position the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks red and the Intelligent Key room buzzer will sound The light will keep blinking until the igni tion switch is placed in the LOCK or ACC posi tion If the Intelligent Key lock warning light blinks and the buzzer sounds press the PUSH release but ton next to ignition switch then place the ignition switch in either the LOCK or ACC position See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates green when the ignition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates red when the ignition switch cannot be turned The Intelligent Key warning light blinks red if the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position f the Intelligent Key warning light blinks make sure of the location of the Intelligent Key as soon as possible The Intelligent Key should be carried by the driver while operat ing the vehicle The Intelligent Key warning light turns off about 10 seconds after the Intelligent Key is brought inside the vehic
364. the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connector During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the USB memory stick and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pletely The player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not leave the USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air conditioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged Prepare the USB device by yourself be cause It is not equipped with the vehicle The USB device cannot be formatted with this system If you want to format the USB memory use your personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen NISSAN recommends using English lan guage characters with USB devices Do not connect the USB device if the con nector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the USB device Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover
365. the surface of the disc switch Always place the discs in the storage case 4 Volume control switch OPMAAT HeCc STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular The audio system can be operated using the maor controls on the steering wheel Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 POWER on switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on SOURCE select switch models without Navigation System Push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C PRESET A With a CD inserted and an auxiliary device plugged in push the SOURCE select switch to change the mode in the following sequence CD AUX PRESET A PRESET B PRESET C CD While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C use the tuning switch Y or to select one of the preset radio stations 1 6 SOURCE select switch models with Navigation System Push the SOURCE select switch to change the audio mode in the following sequence AM FM XM CD USB AUX AM FM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the dev
366. the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT FRONT x SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL AVANT NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL REAR ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants 2 and cargo should never exce
367. ther than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec
368. times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connecting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system
369. tinuously Variable Transmission CVT model Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corro sion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solu tions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Outside temperature down to CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level i
370. to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Audible reminder and warning when locking the doors When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle check for the following The ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position The Intelligent Key is not left inside the ve hicle The shift selector is in the P Park position Audible reminder and warning when the engine stops When the P Park position selecting warning t light BIE CVT or A T models in the instru ment panel blinks in red Make sure the shift selector is in the P Park position When the chime sounds intermittently Make sure the shift selector is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position If the chime sounds continuously when the driv er s door is opened check the following The shift selector is in the P Park position and the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position The mechanical key is not inserted into the ignition switch The warning chime may stop whe
371. turn the map lights on press the lenses To turn them off press the lenses of the lights again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT Hatchback The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off The light also illuminates with other interior lights when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position See Interior light earlier in this section The lights will turn off automatically after 15 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged TRUNK LIGHT Sedan if so equipped The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off The light also illuminates with other interior lights when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position See Interior light earlier in this section The lights will turn off automatically after 15 min utes while the trunk lid is open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 37 MEMO 2 38 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys ie E ear estenrae seed eeabeuea E E 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 2
372. ult in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Stowing the rear center seat belt When folding down the rear seat the center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows Q Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle 2 Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base AWARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop Attaching the rear center seat belt Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Dis connect only when folding down the rear seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To connect the buckle Q Pull out the connector tongue 2 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector t
373. upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight as sembly See a NISSAN dealer for replacing the head lights A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary aft
374. ur vehicle s Intel ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve hicle Immobilizer System components Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers Pre driving checks and adj
375. urself Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservorr Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances
376. use the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the brake shoes and or drums are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS if so equipped AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always m
377. used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s 4 56 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Manual for details
378. using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basi
379. ustments 3 3 A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot See Doors in this section and Storage in the Instruments and Controls section of this manual SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key which can be used in case of a discharged bat tery To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position The mechanical key can be used for operation in the same way as an ordinary key 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors can not be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents
380. ut the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEATER OPERATION Heating This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot outlets Some air also flows from the defrost outlets 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion for normal heating 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the s position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position Ventilation This mode directs outside air to the side and center ventilators 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the rs position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position Defrosting or defogging This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to defrost defog the windows 1 Move the air intake lever to the posi tion 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the TY position 3 Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi tion 4 Turn the temperature control dial to the de sired position between the middle and the hot position To quickly remove ice or fog from the win dows turn the fan control dial to the maxi mum position and the temperature control dial to the full hot position W
381. utside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function SSD0392 Without Intelligent Key system SSD0437A With Intelligent Key system CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position until the shift selector is moved to the P Park position When placing the ignition switch in the LOCK position make sure that the shift se lector is in the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch if it is inserted make sure that the shift selector is in the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be placed to the LOCK position 1 Shift the shift selector to the P Park posi tion 2 Move the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key if it is inserted in the ignition switch If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK posi tion the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position The shift selector can be moved if the igni tion switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 1 between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector is placed in the P Park posi tion When
382. verse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Starting and driving 5 13 The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position 5 14 Starting and driving To move the shift selector Pu
383. ves instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself HR16DE Engine Model oO SO eS Engine oil filler cap Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Air cleaner Battery Fuse fusible link box Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF dipstick 2 Radiator cap Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil dipstick Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir For Manual Transmission M T model For Automatic Transmission A T model MR18DE Engine Model oS Oo eS Engine oil filler cap Brake and clutch 1 fluid reservoir Air cleaner Battery Fuse Fusible link box Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF Continuously Variable Transmission CVT dipstick 2 Radiator cap Engine oil dipstick Engine coolant reservoir Drive belt location Windshield washer fluid reservoir For Manual Transmission M T model For Automatic Transmission A T model Con
384. vices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of the preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system activates in conjunction with the front air bag system Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner sys tem the supplemental air bag warning light AF will flash intermittently after the igni tion switch is placed in the ON or START posi tion In this case the pretensioner system may not function properly It must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your veh
385. with all doors closed and locked with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key a request switch or by pressing the button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key a request switch keyfob or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key pressing the 4 button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key or by unlocking all doors with any request switch Intelligent Key models NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds
386. y a NISSAN dealer When the electric power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running there will be no power assist for the steering but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information see Electric power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at 2 wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could ca
387. ystem check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes DEREI BE are ANE f If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the per

2010 Nissan Versa Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents